Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Linear algebra

222 missions · 132 completed

Missions

Open90Completed132All222
Quantum Information·Captain: marwahaha

Exact Fourier certificates for complex Hadamard matrices of order sixOpen Problem

Motivation

Character sums express phase constraints on complex Hadamard matrices. In dimension six these constraints also bear on how many mutually unbiased bases can coexist. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

A complex Hadamard matrix has unit-modulus entries and conjugate-transpose product 6I. Equivalence permits row and column permutations and unit phases. Tao's cubic matrix supplies the exceptional class.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.MUB6.fourier_and_family_bound. Its central assertion is

gH(π(1,1,1,−1,−1,−1))=0,nMUB≤5.g_H(\pi(1,1,1,-1,-1,-1))=0,\qquad n_{\rm MUB}\leq5.gH​(π(1,1,1,−1,−1,−1))=0,nMUB​≤5.

The theorem states a conjunction of two claims about 6x6 complex matrices and mutually unbiased bases in C^6. First, for every complex Hadamard matrix H of order 6 (all entries of modulus 1 and HH = 6I, where H is the conjugate transpose) that is not equivalent to the specific matrix tao, every permutation π of the six coordinates gives g(H, alpha∘π) = 0. Here the character of a column x at an integer exponent vector a is the product over i of x_i^{a_i}, g(H,a) is (1/6) times the sum over the six columns k of H of the character of column k at a, and alpha is the exponent vector (1,1,1,-1,-1,-1), so alpha∘π is alpha with its entries permuted. Equivalence of H and K means K_{ij} = u_i H_{r(i),c(j)} v_j for some row and column permutations r, c and unit-modulus complex phase vectors u and v. The matrix tao has entries ω^{e_{ij}}, where ω = exp(2πi/3) and e is a fixed 6x6 exponent matrix with zero first row and column and a five-cycle pattern of exponents 0, 1, 2 in the remaining 5x5 block. Second, for every natural number n, if there exist n orthonormal bases of C^6 that are pairwise mutually unbiased, meaning |<b_i, b'_j>|^2 = 1/6 for all vectors of two distinct bases, then n ≤ 5. This is stated as an admitted theorem, not a verified proof.

Significance and status

The goal is the conjunction of Fourier vanishing outside the specified equivalence class and the bound on attainable families. The cube-fiber statement is an additional published supporting target with its own hypotheses. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

Orthogonality immediately kills certain degree-two characters, but the target concerns a balanced degree-six character and a separate global bound on families of bases.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

Additional published targets are included as separate references:

  • OAI.HadamardSix.rowRatio_cubeFiber_sum_zero (Open).

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Exact Fourier certificates for complex Hadamard matrices of order six, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Nuclear-Norm Penalization and Optimal Rates for Noisy Low-Rank Matrix Completion 4: The Estimator Never Overestimates rank(A₀), Recovers It Above a Singular-Value Gap, and Obeys a Matching Lower BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Noisy low-rank matrix completion asks to reconstruct an m1×m2m_1\times m_2m1​×m2​ matrix A0A_0A0​ from nnn noisy observations of randomly chosen entries. It is the statistical model behind collaborative filtering (recommender systems), sensor localization and system identification, and the nuclear-norm penalized least-squares estimator is its standard convex method. Koltchinskii, Lounici and Tsybakov (arXiv:1011.6256v4, Ann. Statist. 2011) proved sharp oracle inequalities for this estimator and showed that its Frobenius error is of order rank⁡(A0)(m1∨m2)log⁡(m1+m2)/n\operatorname{rank}(A_0)(m_1\vee m_2)\log(m_1+m_2)/nrank(A0​)(m1​∨m2​)log(m1​+m2​)/n up to normalization, which matches the minimax lower bound up to a logarithmic factor.

An upper bound alone does not say whether the estimator really attains this rate on a given matrix, nor whether it reports the correct rank. Section 5.1 of the paper answers both questions with a single deterministic theorem, Theorem 8: with a slightly inflated regularization parameter the estimator never overestimates the rank of A0A_0A0​; if the nonzero singular values of A0A_0A0​ are separated from zero it recovers the rank exactly, and its error is then bounded below by a quantity of the same order as the upper bounds. Rank recovery is the property practitioners rely on when they use the estimator for model selection (choosing the number of latent factors). This mission formalizes Theorem 8 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix integers m1,m2,n≥1m_1,m_2,n\ge1m1​,m2​,n≥1. The matrix completion basis is X={ej(m1)ek(m2)⊤}\mathcal X=\{e_j(m_1)e_k(m_2)^\top\}X={ej​(m1​)ek​(m2​)⊤}, the m1m2m_1m_2m1​m2​ matrices with a single entry equal to 111. A sample consists of nnn pairs (Xi,Yi)(X_i,Y_i)(Xi​,Yi​) with Xi∈XX_i\in\mathcal XXi​∈X (an observed position (ji,ki)(j_i,k_i)(ji​,ki​)) and Yi∈RY_i\in\mathbb RYi​∈R (a noisy observation of the corresponding entry of the unknown matrix A0A_0A0​). Write ⟨A,B⟩=tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=tr(A⊤B), ∥A∥2\|A\|_2∥A∥2​ for the Frobenius norm, ∥A∥1\|A\|_1∥A∥1​ for the nuclear norm (the sum of the singular values) and ∥A∥∞\|A\|_\infty∥A∥∞​ for the operator norm (the largest singular value). The singular values of BBB are σ1(B)≥σ2(B)≥⋯≥σm1∧m2(B)≥0\sigma_1(B)\ge\sigma_2(B)\ge\dots\ge\sigma_{m_1\wedge m_2}(B)\ge0σ1​(B)≥σ2​(B)≥⋯≥σm1​∧m2​​(B)≥0.

From the sample form

X=m1m2n∑i=1nYiXi,M=1n∑i=1n(YiXi−E(YiXi)).\mathbf X=\frac{m_1m_2}{n}\sum_{i=1}^nY_iX_i,\qquad \mathbf M=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\big(Y_iX_i-\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)\big).X=nm1​m2​​i=1∑n​Yi​Xi​,M=n1​i=1∑n​(Yi​Xi​−E(Yi​Xi​)).

In the paper's model E(Yi∣Xi)=⟨A0,Xi⟩\mathbb E(Y_i\mid X_i)=\langle A_0,X_i\rangleE(Yi​∣Xi​)=⟨A0​,Xi​⟩ with XiX_iXi​ uniform on X\mathcal XX, so E(YiXi)=A0/(m1m2)\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)=A_0/(m_1m_2)E(Yi​Xi​)=A0​/(m1​m2​) and X−A0=m1m2M\mathbf X-A_0=m_1m_2\mathbf MX−A0​=m1​m2​M: the matrix M\mathbf MM is the stochastic error. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 the estimator (3.1) is

A^λ=argmin⁡A∈Rm1×m2(∥A−X∥22+λm1m2∥A∥1).\hat A^\lambda=\operatorname{argmin}_{A\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}}\Big(\|A-\mathbf X\|_2^2+\lambda m_1m_2\|A\|_1\Big).A^λ=argminA∈Rm1​×m2​​(∥A−X∥22​+λm1​m2​∥A∥1​).

The objective is strictly convex, so the minimizer is unique; by (3.2) it is obtained from a singular value decomposition of X\mathbf XX by soft thresholding every singular value at level λm1m2/2\lambda m_1m_2/2λm1​m2​/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 20)

Let λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 and λ′=λ/(1−δ)\lambda'=\lambda/(1-\delta)λ′=λ/(1−δ), and put r^=rank⁡(A^λ′)\hat r=\operatorname{rank}(\hat A^{\lambda'})r^=rank(A^λ′). Then

r^≤rank⁡(A0).(5.1)\hat r\le\operatorname{rank}(A_0).\tag{5.1}r^≤rank(A0​).(5.1)

If in addition min⁡j:σj(A0)≠0σj(A0)≥λ′m1m2\min_{j:\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0}\sigma_j(A_0)\ge\lambda'm_1m_2minj:σj​(A0​)=0​σj​(A0​)≥λ′m1​m2​, then

r^≥rank⁡(A0)(5.2)\hat r\ge\operatorname{rank}(A_0)\tag{5.2}r^≥rank(A0​)(5.2)

and

∥A^λ′−A0∥22≥δ24(1−δ)2rank⁡(A0) (λm1m2)2.(5.3)\|\hat A^{\lambda'}-A_0\|_2^2\ge\frac{\delta^2}{4(1-\delta)^2}\operatorname{rank}(A_0)\,(\lambda m_1m_2)^2.\tag{5.3}∥A^λ′−A0​∥22​≥4(1−δ)2δ2​rank(A0​)(λm1​m2​)2.(5.3)

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof on p. 20 in order:

  1. the singular value perturbation display ∣σj(X)−σj(A0)∣≤σ1(X−A0)=m1m2∥M∥∞≤λm1m2/2|\sigma_j(\mathbf X)-\sigma_j(A_0)|\le\sigma_1(\mathbf X-A_0)=m_1m_2\|\mathbf M\|_\infty\le\lambda m_1m_2/2∣σj​(X)−σj​(A0​)∣≤σ1​(X−A0​)=m1​m2​∥M∥∞​≤λm1​m2​/2;
  2. the rank of A^λ\hat A^\lambdaA^λ equals the number of singular values of X\mathbf XX above λm1m2/2\lambda m_1m_2/2λm1​m2​/2 (the consequence of (3.2) the proof uses);
  3. (5.1);
  4. (5.2);
  5. ∥P(A^λ′−X)∥2=r λ′m1m2/2\|\mathcal P(\hat A^{\lambda'}-\mathbf X)\|_2=\sqrt r\,\lambda'm_1m_2/2∥P(A^λ′−X)∥2​=r​λ′m1​m2​/2 when r^=r\hat r=rr^=r, for the projector P\mathcal PP onto the span of the top rrr singular pairs uj(X)vj(X)⊤u_j(\mathbf X)v_j(\mathbf X)^\topuj​(X)vj​(X)⊤;
  6. ∥P(X−A0)∥2≤r∥M∥∞m1m2≤rλm1m2/2\|\mathcal P(\mathbf X-A_0)\|_2\le\sqrt r\|\mathbf M\|_\infty m_1m_2\le\sqrt r\lambda m_1m_2/2∥P(X−A0​)∥2​≤r​∥M∥∞​m1​m2​≤r​λm1​m2​/2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8 turns the paper's upper bounds into two-sided statements. Combined with a probability bound for ∥M∥∞\|\mathbf M\|_\infty∥M∥∞​ (Corollary 3 of the paper), it shows that with high probability the estimator selects the true rank and that its error on well-conditioned low-rank matrices is not smaller than the rate of the upper bounds, so those bounds cannot be improved for this estimator. Because the theorem is deterministic given the event λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​, it applies unchanged to any noise model for which such a bound on the stochastic error is available.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. The mission produces a machine-checked version and, along the way, reusable linear algebra that is not on the platform in this form: Weyl's perturbation inequality for singular values in operator norm, the rank of a nuclear-norm proximal point, and the Frobenius norm of a projection onto a span of orthonormal rank-one matrices. The soft-thresholding representation (3.2) itself is the open platform item CaiCandesShen.Convergence.shrink_eq_prox (Cai–Candès–Shen, Theorem 2.1, after halving the objective); this mission references it rather than posing it again, and a proof of it would serve both missions.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the proof is three lines; the content is in two facts about singular values that the paper takes from the literature. The first is Weyl's inequality ∣σj(B)−σj(C)∣≤∥B−C∥∞|\sigma_j(B)-\sigma_j(C)|\le\|B-C\|_\infty∣σj​(B)−σj​(C)∣≤∥B−C∥∞​, which needs the min–max (Courant–Fischer) characterization of singular values; Mathlib defines singular values through the eigenvalues of T∗TT^*TT∗T but has neither the min–max principle for them nor this inequality. The second is the description of the minimizer of ∥A−X∥22+λm1m2∥A∥1\|A-\mathbf X\|_2^2+\lambda m_1m_2\|A\|_1∥A−X∥22​+λm1​m2​∥A∥1​: one needs the subdifferential of the nuclear norm (2.1), or an equivalent von Neumann trace inequality, to show that soft thresholding is optimal, and then that its rank and its projection onto the top singular pairs are what the formula suggests. A naive approach that compares the estimator with X\mathbf XX entrywise gives nothing about the rank; the proof needs the spectral structure.

Formalization scope

Matrices are MatrixCompletion.RealMatrix m₁ m₂ (Matrix (Fin m₁) (Fin m₂) ℝ) with the published norms frobeniusNormSq, frobeniusNorm, nuclearNorm, spectralNorm and SVD data SVD. Singular values are Mathlib's LinearMap.singularValues of Matrix.toEuclideanLin, 0-based: the Lean singularValue B j is the paper's σj+1(B)\sigma_{j+1}(B)σj+1​(B). The conventions committed to:

  • The statements are realization-wise: positions idx : Fin n → Fin m₁ × Fin m₂ and responses y : Fin n → ℝ are fixed, and every theorem holds for every data set satisfying λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​. The matrix M\mathbf MM is written as 1n∑iYiXi−A0/(m1m2)\frac1n\sum_iY_iX_i-A_0/(m_1m_2)n1​∑i​Yi​Xi​−A0​/(m1​m2​), which is (2.2) under the model (1.1) and the uniform design; this is the paper's "Note that X−A0=m1m2M\mathbf X-A_0=m_1m_2\mathbf MX−A0​=m1​m2​M". The probabilistic hypotheses are used for nothing else.
  • n,m1,m2≥1n,m_1,m_2\ge1n,m1​,m2​≥1 and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 are assumed, as in the paper.
  • The estimator is any minimizer of (3.1) over all matrices, never the soft-thresholding formula; replacing the minimizer by formula (3.2) would assume the open Cai–Candès–Shen item.
  • min⁡j:σj(A0)≠0σj(A0)≥λ′m1m2\min_{j:\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0}\sigma_j(A_0)\ge\lambda'm_1m_2minj:σj​(A0​)=0​σj​(A0​)≥λ′m1​m2​ is written "for every jjj with σj(A0)≠0\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0σj​(A0​)=0"; for A0=0A_0=0A0​=0 it is vacuous, as on the page. No real infimum over a possibly empty set is used.
  • The projector P\mathcal PP is built from a singular value decomposition of X\mathbf XX carried as data, with decreasing singular values, from its first rrr pairs.

No printed slip was found in Theorem 8 or its proof; no hypothesis beyond the above is added.

Contributions welcome: Weyl's inequality for singular values (generally useful), the rank and top-rrr projection of the nuclear-norm proximal point, and a proof of CaiCandesShen.Convergence.shrink_eq_prox.

The source is the arXiv preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4; all page and display numbers refer to it.

Selected references

  • V. Koltchinskii, K. Lounici, A. B. Tsybakov, Nuclear-norm penalization and optimal rates for noisy low-rank matrix completion, Ann. Statist. 39(5), 2011; preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.6256
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080738970
  • G. W. Stewart, J.-G. Sun, Matrix Perturbation Theory, Academic Press, 1990 (reference [25] of the paper, p. 203).
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Matrix completion with noise, Proc. IEEE 98(6), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1109/JPROC.2009.2035722
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Low-rank Matrix Recovery via Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Minimization 2: A Rank Restricted Isometry Constant δ_4k < √2 − 1 Implies the Strong Rank Null Space Property of Order kResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems ask for a low-rank matrix from far fewer linear measurements than it has entries: matrix completion, quantum state tomography, recovery of positions from partial distances. The rank minimization problem min⁡rank⁡(X)\min \operatorname{rank}(X)minrank(X) subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M is NP-hard, so one solves a tractable surrogate instead, either the nuclear-norm minimization min⁡∥X∥∗\min \|X\|_*min∥X∥∗​ subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M or an iterative scheme such as the iteratively reweighted least squares algorithm IRLS-M of Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward (arXiv:1010.2471).

Guarantees for these surrogates rest on conditions on the measurement map. Two are standard. The restricted isometry property (RIP) asks that S\mathcal SS nearly preserve the Frobenius norm of every low-rank matrix; it holds with high probability for many random maps, and it is what one can verify in practice. The null space property asks that no nonzero matrix in the kernel of S\mathcal SS be concentrated on few singular directions; it is what the recovery proofs actually use. This mission formalizes the bridge between them in the paper's form: a small restricted isometry constant implies the strong rank null space property (SRNSP) that drives the convergence analysis of IRLS-M.

Timeline.

  • 2005: Candès and Tao introduce restricted isometry constants for sparse vectors and prove exact recovery by ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ minimization under a condition on them (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2008: Candès shows that δ2s<2−1\delta_{2s} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ2s​<2​−1 suffices in the vector case (C. R. Math.).
  • 2010: Recht, Fazel and Parrilo define the rank restricted isometry property and prove that nuclear-norm minimization recovers every rank-rrr matrix when δ5r\delta_{5r}δ5r​ is small enough (SIAM Review).
  • 2011: Candès and Plan prove the matrix analogue of the 2−1\sqrt 2 - 12​−1 threshold and the orthogonality estimate quoted here as Lemma 6.9 (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2011: Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward prove Proposition 6.8, the target of this mission: δ4k<2−1\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ4k​<2​−1 implies the SRNSP of order kkk.

Setting

Fix integers n,p,mn, p, mn,p,m. A measurement map is a linear map S:Rn×p→Rm\mathcal S : \mathbb R^{n\times p} \to \mathbb R^mS:Rn×p→Rm; it is given by mmm matrices A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ through S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩, where ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY⊤)=∑i,jXijYij\langle X, Y\rangle = \operatorname{Tr}(XY^{\top}) = \sum_{i,j} X_{ij}Y_{ij}⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY⊤)=∑i,j​Xij​Yij​. The Frobenius norm is ∥X∥F=⟨X,X⟩1/2\|X\|_F = \langle X, X\rangle^{1/2}∥X∥F​=⟨X,X⟩1/2, the nuclear norm ∥X∥∗\|X\|_*∥X∥∗​ is the sum of the singular values of XXX, and ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m\|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​​ is the Euclidean norm of the vector S(X)\mathcal S(X)S(X). A matrix is kkk-rank if its rank is at most kkk.

The restricted isometry constant δk=δk(S)\delta_k = \delta_k(\mathcal S)δk​=δk​(S) (Definition 1.1) is the smallest δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 such that

(1−δ)∥X∥F2≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2for all k-rank X.(1 - \delta)\|X\|_F^2 \le \|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}^2 \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F^2 \qquad \text{for all $k$-rank } X .(1−δ)∥X∥F2​≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2​for all k-rank X.

The map S\mathcal SS has the strong rank null space property of order kkk with constant η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) (Definition 6.4) if for every X∈ker⁡S∖{0}X \in \ker \mathcal S \setminus\{0\}X∈kerS∖{0} and every decomposition X=X1+X2X = X_1 + X_2X=X1​+X2​ with X1X_1X1​ kkk-rank, there is another decomposition X=H1+H2X = H_1 + H_2X=H1​+H2​ with rank⁡H1≤2k\operatorname{rank} H_1 \le 2krankH1​≤2k, ⟨H1,H2⟩=0\langle H_1, H_2\rangle = 0⟨H1​,H2​⟩=0, X1H2⊤=0X_1H_2^{\top} = 0X1​H2⊤​=0, X1⊤H2=0X_1^{\top}H_2 = 0X1⊤​H2​=0, and

∥H1∥∗≤η ∥H2∥∗.\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\,\|H_2\|_* .∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​.

In Lean these are IRLSM.RIP.ripConst A k, IRLSM.RIP.SRNSP A k η and IRLSM.RIP.measSq A X =∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2= \|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}=∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​, built on the published module HighDimStat_MatrixRank_Core (traceInner, frobeniusNorm, nuclearNorm, observationOp).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.8

If δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 and

δ4k<2−1,\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1,δ4k​<2​−1,

then S\mathcal SS satisfies the SRNSP of order kkk with constant

η=2 δ4k1−δ3k∈(0,1).\eta = \sqrt 2\,\frac{\delta_{4k}}{1 - \delta_{3k}} \in (0,1).η=2​1−δ3k​δ4k​​∈(0,1).

The constant η\etaη is the paper's explicit one; the goal asserts the full property for every kernel element and every decomposition, including η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.9 (Candès–Plan): for ⟨X,Y⟩=0\langle X, Y\rangle = 0⟨X,Y⟩=0 and rank⁡X+rank⁡Y≤k\operatorname{rank}X + \operatorname{rank}Y \le krankX+rankY≤k, ∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk∥X∥F∥Y∥F|\langle \mathcal S(X), \mathcal S(Y)\rangle| \le \delta_k \|X\|_F\|Y\|_F∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk​∥X∥F​∥Y∥F​.
  2. Lemma 6.10 (Recht–Fazel–Parrilo): XZ⊤=0XZ^{\top} = 0XZ⊤=0 and X⊤Z=0X^{\top}Z = 0X⊤Z=0 imply ∥X+Z∥∗=∥X∥∗+∥Z∥∗\|X + Z\|_* = \|X\|_* + \|Z\|_*∥X+Z∥∗​=∥X∥∗​+∥Z∥∗​.
  3. The block decomposition of the proof: relative to an SVD X1=U(Σ000)V⊤X_1 = U(\begin{smallmatrix}\Sigma & 0\\ 0 & 0\end{smallmatrix})V^{\top}X1​=U(Σ0​00​)V⊤, the matrices H0H_0H0​ and HcH_cHc​ obtained by zeroing blocks of U⊤XVU^{\top}XVU⊤XV satisfy X=H0+HcX = H_0 + H_cX=H0​+Hc​, rank⁡H0≤2k\operatorname{rank}H_0 \le 2krankH0​≤2k, X1Hc⊤=0X_1H_c^{\top} = 0X1​Hc⊤​=0, X1⊤Hc=0X_1^{\top}H_c = 0X1⊤​Hc​=0, ⟨H0,Hc⟩=0\langle H_0, H_c\rangle = 0⟨H0​,Hc​⟩=0.
  4. ∥H∥∗≤r ∥H∥F\|H\|_* \le \sqrt r\,\|H\|_F∥H∥∗​≤r​∥H∥F​ for rank⁡H≤r\operatorname{rank}H \le rrankH≤r, and ∥H∥F≤∥H+K∥F\|H\|_F \le \|H + K\|_F∥H∥F​≤∥H+K∥F​ for ⟨H,K⟩=0\langle H, K\rangle = 0⟨H,K⟩=0.
  5. The shelling bound: for a nonincreasing nonnegative sequence cut into blocks of length ℓ\ellℓ, each block's ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm is at most ℓ−1/2\ell^{-1/2}ℓ−1/2 times the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm of the previous block.
  6. Monotonicity δk≤δk′\delta_k \le \delta_{k'}δk​≤δk′​ for k≤k′k \le k'k≤k′, and η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) under 0<δ4k<2−10 < \delta_{4k} < \sqrt2 - 10<δ4k​<2​−1.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.8 is the step that turns a verifiable, probabilistically typical hypothesis (a small rank restricted isometry constant, which Gaussian and many other random maps satisfy once mmm is of order kmax⁡(n,p)k\max(n,p)kmax(n,p)) into the deterministic null-space hypothesis under which the paper proves that IRLS-M converges to the nuclear-norm minimizer and recovers every kkk-rank matrix exactly (Theorem 6.11, Proposition 2.1). Through Lemma 6.6 and Corollary 6.7 of the same paper, the SRNSP also gives stable recovery by nuclear-norm minimization, with error controlled by the best kkk-rank approximation error in the nuclear norm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. A complete development supplies the rank restricted isometry constant as a usable object (its monotonicity, its polarization estimate Lemma 6.9), the nuclear norm's additivity on orthogonal pieces, its comparison with the Frobenius norm, and the block-splitting of the singular value decomposition. These tools are reusable across low-rank recovery. The sibling mission of this series, IRLS-M Converges to the Nuclear-Norm Minimizer Under the Strong Rank Null Space Property, takes the SRNSP as its hypothesis; together the two give Proposition 2.1 of the paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound ∥H1∥∗\|H_1\|_*∥H1​∥∗​ directly by the restricted isometry inequality, but that inequality controls only Frobenius norms of low-rank matrices, while the kernel element XXX has full rank in general and the property is stated in nuclear norms. The restricted isometry hypothesis therefore cannot be applied to XXX, or to H2H_2H2​, as a whole, and the constant η\etaη depends on how the high-rank part is handled. In Lean, the singular value decomposition of a rectangular matrix and the behaviour of singular values under block operations are the main missing infrastructure: Mathlib has the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices but little on singular values of rectangular matrices.

Formalization scope

  • Real matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ; the paper treats real and complex matrices indifferently. X∗X^*X∗ is X⊤X^{\top}X⊤ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ is traceInner.
  • Measurement map by matrices: S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩ (observationOp); ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2\|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​ is a sum of squares, not Mathlib's sup norm on Fin m → ℝ.
  • The squared RIP constant of Definition 1.1, defined as the infimum of the admissible δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 (attained, never a junk value), for every k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N; the page's range 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n is dropped because the goal uses δ4k\delta_{4k}δ4k​ with 4k4k4k possibly larger than nnn. The unsquared constant (1−δ)∥X∥F≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F(1-\delta)\|X\|_F \le \|\mathcal S(X)\| \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F(1−δ)∥X∥F​≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F​ used by other formalizations is a different quantity and is not used.
  • Positivity δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 is a hypothesis of the goal: it is Definition 1.1's own "δk>0\delta_k > 0δk​>0", and without it η=0∉(0,1)\eta = 0 \notin (0,1)η=0∈/(0,1).
  • No n ≤ p assumption: the proof does not use it.
  • The block decomposition milestone states the page's explicit construction, with a general (not necessarily diagonal) top-left block, and without the unused hypothesis X∈ker⁡SX \in \ker\mathcal SX∈kerS.
  • The shelling bound is stated in its vector form for every block; the page writes "for j≥2j \ge 2j≥2" but display (6.7) uses it for every j≥1j \ge 1j≥1.

A formalization that proved only η<1\eta < 1η<1, or only the existence of some decomposition without the bound ∥H1∥∗≤η∥H2∥∗\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\|H_2\|_*∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​, or that defined δk\delta_kδk​ as any admissible constant rather than the smallest one, would not be this mission's goal.

Welcome contributions: singular value decomposition for rectangular real matrices in the Core encoding, singular values of block-diagonal and orthogonally-equivalent matrices, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, R. Ward, Low-rank matrix recovery via iteratively reweighted least squares minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011; read as arXiv:1010.2471v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2471
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Tight oracle inequalities for low-rank matrix recovery from a minimal number of noisy random measurements, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 57(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2011.2111771
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/070697835
  • E. J. Candès, T. Tao, Decoding by linear programming, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 51(12), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2005.858979
  • E. J. Candès, The restricted isometry property and its implications for compressed sensing, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 346, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2008.03.014
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Primal-Dual Active Set Strategy as a Semismooth Newton Method II: Global Convergence and Monotonicity for M-MatricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Obstacle problems, contact problems and box-constrained quadratic programs share one finite-dimensional core: the linear complementarity problem "find y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ and λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with Ay+λ=fAy + \lambda = fAy+λ=f and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i(y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0". After discretization by finite differences or piecewise linear finite elements, the matrix AAA is typically an M-matrix, which is why this class sits at the centre of the numerical analysis of variational inequalities.

The primal-dual active set strategy solves such problems by guessing which constraints are active, solving one linear system on that guess, and updating the guess from the new primal and dual values. Hintermüller, Ito and Kunisch (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 865–888; authors' version hal-01660511) showed that this strategy is a semismooth Newton method for a nonsmooth reformulation of the problem. Local superlinear convergence then follows from Newton theory. This mission concerns the paper's global result: for M-matrices the method converges from every starting point, and its primal iterates decrease monotonically. A related global result for a purely primal active set method appears in Hoppe's 1987 analysis of multigrid methods for obstacle problems, which the paper cites as [H].

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, a matrix A∈Rn×nA \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times n}A∈Rn×n, vectors f,ψ∈Rnf, \psi \in \mathbb{R}^nf,ψ∈Rn and a constant c>0c > 0c>0. Vectors are compared componentwise. The paper writes AAA for the matrix and calligraphic A\mathcal{A}A, I\mathcal{I}I for index sets; Lean uses A for the matrix and activeSet for A\mathcal{A}A.

Problem (3.1). Find (y,λ)∈Rn×Rn(y, \lambda) \in \mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^n(y,λ)∈Rn×Rn with

Ay+λ=f,λ−max⁡(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,Ay + \lambda = f, \qquad \lambda - \max(0, \lambda + c(y - \psi)) = 0,Ay+λ=f,λ−max(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,

the maximum taken componentwise. For c>0c > 0c>0 the second equation says exactly y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ, λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i (y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0 for every iii.

M-matrix. AAA is an M-matrix if it is nonsingular, its off-diagonal entries satisfy aij≤0a_{ij} \le 0aij​≤0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j, and its inverse is entrywise nonnegative, A−1≥0A^{-1} \ge 0A−1≥0.

Blocks. For an index set I\mathcal{I}I with complement A\mathcal{A}A, AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is the principal submatrix with rows and columns in I\mathcal{I}I, and AIAA_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AIA​ the submatrix with rows in I\mathcal{I}I and columns in A\mathcal{A}A.

The algorithm. Start from arbitrary (y0,λ0)(y^0, \lambda^0)(y0,λ0). Given (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk), let

Ak={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i>0},Ik={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i≤0},\mathcal{A}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i > 0\}, \qquad \mathcal{I}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i \le 0\},Ak​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​>0},Ik​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​≤0},

and let (yk+1,λk+1)(y^{k+1}, \lambda^{k+1})(yk+1,λk+1) solve

Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak,λk+1=0 on Ik.Ay^{k+1} + \lambda^{k+1} = f, \qquad y^{k+1} = \psi \text{ on } \mathcal{A}_k, \qquad \lambda^{k+1} = 0 \text{ on } \mathcal{I}_k.Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak​,λk+1=0 on Ik​.

A sequence obeying this rule for every kkk is a run. The solution of (3.1) is written x∗=(y∗,λ∗)x^* = (y^*, \lambda^*)x∗=(y∗,λ∗) and the iterates xk=(yk,λk)x^k = (y^k, \lambda^k)xk=(yk,λk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 7)

If AAA is an M-matrix, then for arbitrary initial data

xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.x^k \to x^*, \qquad y^* \le y^{k+1} \le y^k \ \text{ for all } k \ge 1, \qquad y^k \le \psi \ \text{ for all } k \ge 2.xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.

Milestones (Appendix A, p. 20)

  1. For every partition I,A\mathcal{I}, \mathcal{A}I,A: AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is regular, AI−1≥0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} \ge 0AI−1​≥0 and AI−1AIA≤0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le 0AI−1​AIA​≤0.
  2. Complementarity (A.1): λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 or yik=ψiy^k_i = \psi_iyik​=ψi​, for all iii and k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, for every run and every matrix.
  3. Monotonicity: yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  4. Primal feasibility: yk≤ψy^k \le \psiyk≤ψ for k≥2k \ge 2k≥2.
  5. Lower bound: y∗≤yky^* \le y^ky∗≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  6. Remark A.1 and dual feasibility: if λikˉ<0\lambda^{\bar k}_i < 0λikˉ​<0 with kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1, then λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 and yik≤ψiy^k_i \le \psi_iyik​≤ψi​ for all k≥kˉ+1k \ge \bar k + 1k≥kˉ+1; and λk≥0\lambda^k \ge 0λk≥0 for all kkk beyond some kok_oko​.

A companion item states that a run exists from every initial pair when AAA is an M-matrix.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 makes the active set strategy a globally convergent method for the discretized obstacle problem, with no line search, no merit function and no damping. The monotonicity statement says more: from the second iterate on, every primal iterate is feasible and lies above the solution, and the iterates descend to it. Combined with the paper's observation (p. 7) that convergent iterates of the method converge in finitely many steps, it gives finite termination from every starting point. The theorem is the model for later global results on the method under weaker hypotheses, two of which (a norm condition and small perturbations of M-matrices) appear in the same paper as Theorems 3.3 and 3.4.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof requires the classical sign facts on principal blocks of M-matrices, which Mathlib does not contain, and a careful treatment of the iteration as a relation on pairs of vectors. The M-matrix block lemma is reusable well beyond this mission, for instance in comparison principles for discretized elliptic problems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound a merit function or a contraction factor; neither is available, because the iteration map is discontinuous and the active sets change from step to step. The paper's argument is instead an order argument. Its central step is the monotonicity yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk: it requires the complementarity (A.1) of the previous iterate, which holds only from k=1k = 1k=1 on, and the sign structure of the blocks AIk−1A_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1}AIk​−1​ and AIk−1AIkAkA_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}_k \mathcal{A}_k}AIk​−1​AIk​Ak​​ for every possible active set. The index bounds are sharp in the sense that the statements fail at k=0k = 0k=0 (respectively k=1k = 1k=1 for feasibility), because the initial data are arbitrary. Convergence of the multipliers is a separate step: negative multiplier coordinates must be shown to vanish permanently after one more iteration.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, the product is A *ᵥ y, and ≤\le≤ on vectors is componentwise. Convergence of xkx^kxk is in the product topology on Rn×Rn\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^nRn×Rn.
  • Nonsingularity of an M-matrix is IsUnit A.det. Lean's inverse of a singular matrix is the zero matrix, so without this clause every singular matrix with nonpositive off-diagonal entries would count as an M-matrix; the M-matrix definition is the page's, not an equivalent characterization.
  • The solution is a hypothesis IsSolution A f ψ c ystar lamstar. The paper speaks of "the unique solution"; for an M-matrix it exists and is unique by Berman–Plemmons, so the hypothesis assumes nothing the paper does not have. The uniqueness fact is not restated.
  • The algorithm is a relation. One step is IsStep, a run is IsRun with free initial data y 0, lam 0. The stopping option of step (iv) is not modelled. Because a universally quantified statement over runs would be empty if no run existed, the companion item run_exists states existence of a run from every initial pair.
  • The constant c>0c > 0c>0 is a binder of every statement that needs it; (A.1) needs neither c>0c > 0c>0 nor any hypothesis on AAA, and has none.
  • Remark A.1 is printed without "kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1"; its proof assumes it and the statement is false at kˉ=0\bar k = 0kˉ=0, so the bound is kept.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no statement assumes monotonicity, feasibility or convergence of the iterates, and the M-matrix hypothesis cannot be met by a singular matrix.
  • Needed infrastructure: principal submatrices of M-matrices (Berman–Plemmons, Ch. 6), and inverse-nonnegativity arguments for block systems. Proofs of the block lemma, of (A.1) and of the order lemmas are welcome independently of the goal.

The printed closing step of the proof writes λk=Ayk+f\lambda^k = Ay^k + fλk=Ayk+f; step (iii) gives λk=f−Ayk\lambda^k = f - Ay^kλk=f−Ayk. No item quotes or depends on that line.

Selected references

  • M. Hintermüller, K. Ito, K. Kunisch, The primal-dual active set strategy as a semismooth Newton method, SIAM J. Optim. 13(3):865–888, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383558 (authors' version: https://hal.science/hal-01660511)
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, Academic Press, 1979; reprinted as SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 9, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
  • R. H. W. Hoppe, Multigrid algorithms for variational inequalities, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 24(5):1046–1065, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0724069
  • L. Qi, J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Math. Program. 58:353–367, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Uncoupled Dynamics Do Not Lead to Nash Equilibrium 1: Near the Two-Player Unit-Disk Game Γ₀ of Section II, No Uncoupled Dynamic Is Nash-ConvergentResearch Paper

Motivation

Learning in games asks whether players who adjust their strategies over time, by simple rules, end up at a Nash equilibrium. Many adaptive dynamics share one informational feature: each player's adjustment depends on the current play and on that player's own payoff function, but not on the payoffs of the others. Hart and Mas-Colell (AER 2003) call such dynamics uncoupled, and show that this feature alone rules out guaranteed convergence to Nash equilibrium, even for families of games in which every game has exactly one equilibrium. Earlier non-convergence results, such as Shapley's example for fictitious play and the cycling examples of Jordan (1993) and Foster and Young (1998), concern particular dynamics; this one applies to the whole class of uncoupled dynamics. It is one reason the learning literature turned to weaker targets such as correlated equilibrium, which regret-based uncoupled procedures do reach (Hart and Mas-Colell, Econometrica 2000).

The paper proves its theorem in two settings: a two-player game with a continuum of strategies (§II and the Appendix) and a three-player game with two strategies each (§III). This mission formalizes the first setting.

Setting

There are two players, i=1,2i=1,2i=1,2, and j=3−ij=3-ij=3−i denotes the other player. Each player's strategy set is the closed unit disk D={z∈R2:∥z∥≤1}D=\{z\in\mathbb R^2:\|z\|\le1\}D={z∈R2:∥z∥≤1}, and a profile is x=(x1,x2)∈X:=D×Dx=(x^1,x^2)\in X:=D\times Dx=(x1,x2)∈X:=D×D. A game Γ=(u1,u2)\Gamma=(u^1,u^2)Γ=(u1,u2) is a pair of payoff functions on XXX. A profile xˉ\bar xxˉ is a (pure) Nash equilibrium if no player gains by changing only their own strategy. A dynamic for a family U\mathcal UU of games is a vector field F(x;Γ)F(x;\Gamma)F(x;Γ) on XXX for each Γ∈U\Gamma\in\mathcal UΓ∈U, read x˙=F(x;Γ)\dot x=F(x;\Gamma)x˙=F(x;Γ). It is uncoupled if FiF^iFi depends on the game only through uiu^iui: two games of U\mathcal UU in which player iii has the same payoff function give the same Fi(x;⋅)F^i(x;\cdot)Fi(x;⋅) at every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X.

A dynamic is Nash-convergent for U\mathcal UU if, for every Γ∈U\Gamma\in\mathcal UΓ∈U with its Nash equilibrium xˉ(Γ)\bar x(\Gamma)xˉ(Γ):

  1. F(⋅ ;Γ)F(\cdot\,;\Gamma)F(⋅;Γ) is C1C^1C1 on XXX;
  2. F(xˉ(Γ);Γ)=0F(\bar x(\Gamma);\Gamma)=0F(xˉ(Γ);Γ)=0;
  3. all eigenvalues of the 4×44\times44×4 Jacobian matrix of F(⋅ ;Γ)F(\cdot\,;\Gamma)F(⋅;Γ) at xˉ(Γ)\bar x(\Gamma)xˉ(Γ) have negative real parts;
  4. every solution x(t)x(t)x(t) converges to xˉ(Γ)\bar x(\Gamma)xˉ(Γ) as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, from any initial condition.

The game Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ has payoffs u0i(xi,xj)=−∥xi−φ(xj)∥2u_0^i(x^i,x^j)=-\|x^i-\varphi(x^j)\|^2u0i​(xi,xj)=−∥xi−φ(xj)∥2. Here φ:D→D\varphi:D\to Dφ:D→D is continuous, φ(z)=2z\varphi(z)=2zφ(z)=2z for ∥z∥≤13\|z\|\le\frac13∥z∥≤31​, φ\varphiφ rotates the unit circle by π/4\pi/4π/4, and φ\varphiφ is affine on rays in between. The family U0\mathcal U_0U0​ consists of the games ui(xi,xj)=−∥xi−ξi(xj)∥2u^i(x^i,x^j)=-\|x^i-\xi^i(x^j)\|^2ui(xi,xj)=−∥xi−ξi(xj)∥2 with continuous ξi:D→D\xi^i:D\to Dξi:D→D such that ξi(ξj(xi))=xi\xi^i(\xi^j(x^i))=x^iξi(ξj(xi))=xi has a unique solution. Every such game has a unique Nash equilibrium, and Γ0∈U0\Gamma_0\in\mathcal U_0Γ0​∈U0​ has the equilibrium (0,0)(0,0)(0,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: THEOREM 1 for the game Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ of §II

Let U\mathcal UU be a family in which each game has a single Nash equilibrium and which contains every game of U0\mathcal U_0U0​ within some η>0\eta>0η>0 of Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​. Then

F uncoupled for U ⟹ F is not Nash-convergent for U.F\ \text{uncoupled for}\ \mathcal U\ \Longrightarrow\ F\ \text{is not Nash-convergent for}\ \mathcal U.F uncoupled for U ⟹ F is not Nash-convergent for U.

Milestones

  • the explicit φ\varphiφ has the two required properties, and rotates by an angle in [0,π/4][0,\pi/4][0,π/4] (fn. 21);
  • every game of U0\mathcal U_0U0​ has a unique Nash equilibrium, and that of Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ is (0,0)(0,0)(0,0);
  • Lemma 2: for an uncoupled Nash-convergent dynamic on U0\mathcal U_0U0​, at a unique best reply Fi=0F^i=0Fi=0 and the own-strategy Jacobian block JiJ^iJi has eigenvalues with negative real parts;
  • the derivative identity, giving the Jacobian at Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ the block form
J=[J1−2J1−2J2J2];J=\begin{bmatrix}J^1&-2J^1\\-2J^2&J^2\end{bmatrix};J=[J1−2J2​−2J1J2​];
  • the coefficient a3=3det⁡(J1)tr⁡(J2)+3det⁡(J2)tr⁡(J1)a_3=3\det(J^1)\operatorname{tr}(J^2)+3\det(J^2)\operatorname{tr}(J^1)a3​=3det(J1)tr(J2)+3det(J2)tr(J1) of λ\lambdaλ in det⁡(J−λI)\det(J-\lambda I)det(J−λI), and Lemma 3: if J1,J2J^1,J^2J1,J2 are stable, then JJJ has an eigenvalue with positive real part;
  • the main-text result: no uncoupled dynamic is Nash-convergent for U0\mathcal U_0U0​;
  • the Appendix: the functions ψa\psi_aψa​ satisfy conditions (1)–(4), and the conclusions of Lemma 2 at Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ already follow from the games of U0\mathcal U_0U0​ near Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​.

A companion statement, that the coupled dynamic x˙=xˉ(Γ)−x\dot x=\bar x(\Gamma)-xx˙=xˉ(Γ)−x is Nash-convergent, shows that the notion of Nash-convergence can be met.

Significance

The theorem identifies an informational obstruction rather than a computational one. Convergence to Nash equilibrium is easy if the dynamic may use the whole game, as the coupled dynamic x˙=xˉ(Γ)−x\dot x=\bar x(\Gamma)-xx˙=xˉ(Γ)−x shows. It fails once each player may react only to their own payoff function, and the failure persists on an arbitrarily small neighborhood of a single game. It explains why no natural adaptive procedure has been found that converges to Nash equilibrium in general, and it motivates the stochastic, finite-memory and correlated-equilibrium variants studied afterwards (for example Hart and Mas-Colell, GEB 2006).

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the curators know, it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization fixes the model precisely. That matters here, because the conclusion depends on details the prose treats lightly: which perturbations the family must contain, what the Jacobian is at boundary points, and which solutions count.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails because an uncoupled dynamic is a different vector field for each game, and nothing forces the fields to fit together except the uncoupledness constraint. The proof extracts information about F(⋅ ;Γ0)F(\cdot\,;\Gamma_0)F(⋅;Γ0​) from auxiliary games that share one player's payoff with Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​, and in which that player's best reply is constant. Making those auxiliary games lie in the family is the delicate part: in U0\mathcal U_0U0​ they are immediate, but near Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ they require the functions ψa\psi_aψa​ of the Appendix, whose fixed-point conditions (3) and (4) rest on an angle argument. The linear-algebra step is exact: the stability of J1J^1J1 and J2J^2J2 must be shown to force instability of the coupled 4×44\times44×4 matrix through the sign of one coefficient of its characteristic polynomial.

Formalization scope

R2\mathbb R^2R2 is modelled as C\mathbb CC, and rotation by θ\thetaθ is multiplication by eiθe^{i\theta}eiθ. Players are Fin 2, 0-based, and the other player is i + 1. A game is a pair of real functions on C2\mathbb C^2C2, but every definition looks only at its values on X=D×DX=D\times DX=D×D. Nash equilibria are pure equilibria in XXX (fn. 9 notes there are no mixed ones). Derivatives are Fréchet derivatives within XXX. Eigenvalue conditions use the published predicate FatkhullinPolyak.Discrete.IsHurwitz, with the 4×44\times44×4 Jacobian indexed in player-major order. The C1C^1C1 and Jacobian conditions, which the paper imposes on every dynamic it considers, are part of NashConvergent. The single-Nash-equilibrium property is a hypothesis of the goal.

Two encodings are deliberate:

  • The neighborhood. "U\mathcal UU contains a neighborhood of Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​" is read as the Appendix reads it: U\mathcal UU contains every game of U0\mathcal U_0U0​ close to Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ in the sense of fn. 7. This is implied by the literal hypothesis, so the formal theorem is at least as strong. A full neighborhood contains games with several equilibria, so together with the single-equilibrium hypothesis it would make the theorem vacuous.
  • Solutions. Solutions are curves that stay in XXX. If curves were allowed to leave XXX, they would follow values of FFF that no game constrains, and Nash-convergence would fail for every FFF, which makes the goal trivial. The goal must also not be met through an empty family: the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for instance by {Γ∈U0:Γ within 1 of Γ0}\{\Gamma\in\mathcal U_0:\Gamma\text{ within }1\text{ of }\Gamma_0\}{Γ∈U0​:Γ within 1 of Γ0​}.

The development needs:

  • calculus of C1C^1C1 maps on a product of disks;
  • spectra of real matrices viewed over C\mathbb CC and the characteristic polynomial of a 4×44\times44×4 block matrix;
  • elementary planar geometry of rotations and radial interpolation.

The linear-algebra milestones (block Jacobian, a3a_3a3​, Lemma 3) are independent of game theory and reusable. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in any order.

Selected references

  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, Uncoupled Dynamics Do Not Lead to Nash Equilibrium, American Economic Review 93(5), 1830–1836, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1257/000282803322655581
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium, Econometrica 68(5), 1127–1150, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
  • J. S. Jordan, Three Problems in Learning Mixed-Strategy Nash Equilibria, Games and Economic Behavior 5(3), 368–386, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1993.1022
  • D. P. Foster and H. P. Young, On the Nonconvergence of Fictitious Play in Coordination Games, Games and Economic Behavior 25(1), 79–96, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0615
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, Stochastic Uncoupled Dynamics and Nash Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 57(2), 286–303, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geb.2005.09.007
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stabilization for a Perturbed Chain of Integrators in Prescribed Time I: Prescribed-Time Estimates for the Linear Time-Varying FeedbackResearch Paper

Motivation

Many control tasks have to settle at a given deadline, not merely eventually. Examples are missile guidance, where the interception time is fixed in advance, and rendezvous or consensus manoeuvres that must finish by a scheduled instant. Prescribed-time stabilization asks for a feedback that brings the state of a system to the origin at a time T>0T>0T>0 chosen by the designer, independently of the initial condition, and keeps this property under disturbances. It is stronger than finite-time stabilization, where the settling time depends on the initial state, and stronger than fixed-time stabilization, where it is only bounded uniformly.

Song, Wang, Holloway and Krstić (Automatica 2017) obtained prescribed-time regulation of normal-form systems with feedback gains that grow without bound as t→Tt\to Tt→T. The computations required explicit time derivatives of the gain function. Chitour, Ushirobira and Bouhemou (SIAM J. Control Optim. 2020) recast this construction as time-varying homogeneity: a time-dependent dilation of the state combined with a change of time turns the prescribed-time problem into a standard exponential-stabilization problem on an infinite horizon. The analysis then reduces to linear matrix inequalities. This mission formalizes the linear-feedback part of that paper (§3.1, pp. 1026–1030).

Timeline:

  • 2010: Chitour and Sigalotti (SIAM J. Control Optim. 48) prove a Lyapunov LMI for Jn−benKTJ_n - b e_n K^TJn​−ben​KT, uniform over a bounded range b‾≤b≤bˉ\underline b\le b\le\bar bb​≤b≤bˉ.
  • 2017: Song, Wang, Holloway and Krstić give prescribed-time regulation with a time-varying feedback.
  • 2020: Chitour, Ushirobira and Bouhemou remove the upper bound bˉ\bar bbˉ (Proposition 10) and derive the prescribed-time estimate by time-varying homogeneity (Corollary 14).

Setting

Fix a positive integer nnn and a prescribed time T>0T>0T>0. Let (ei)1≤i≤n(e_i)_{1\le i\le n}(ei​)1≤i≤n​ be the canonical basis of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and let JnJ_nJn​ be the nnn-th Jordan block, Jnei=ei−1J_n e_i = e_{i-1}Jn​ei​=ei−1​ with e0=0e_0=0e0​=0. The perturbed chain of integrators is

x˙(t)=Jnx(t)+(d(t)+b(t)u(t))en,t∈[0,T),\dot x(t) = J_n x(t) + \big(d(t) + b(t)u(t)\big) e_n, \qquad t\in[0,T),x˙(t)=Jn​x(t)+(d(t)+b(t)u(t))en​,t∈[0,T),

with state x(t)∈Rnx(t)\in\mathbb R^nx(t)∈Rn and control u(t)∈Ru(t)\in\mathbb Ru(t)∈R. Here ddd is a measurable matched disturbance, and bbb is an uncertain control gain with b(t)≥b‾>0b(t)\ge\underline b>0b(t)≥b​>0 and no upper bound.

With weights ri=n−i+1r_i = n-i+1ri​=n−i+1, the dilation is Dμr=diag⁡(μr1,…,μrn)D^{\mathbf r}_\mu = \operatorname{diag}(\mu^{r_1},\dots,\mu^{r_n})Dμr​=diag(μr1​,…,μrn​) and Dr=diag⁡(r1,…,rn)D_{\mathbf r} = \operatorname{diag}(r_1,\dots,r_n)Dr​=diag(r1​,…,rn​). An admissible weight is a continuous function a≥0a\ge0a≥0 on [0,T][0,T][0,T] with ∫tTa>0\int_t^T a>0∫tT​a>0 for t<Tt<Tt<T. It defines

λ(t)=1∫tTa(ξ) dξ,s(t)=∫0tλ(ξ) dξ,0≤t<T.\lambda(t) = \frac{1}{\int_t^T a(\xi)\,d\xi},\qquad s(t) = \int_0^t\lambda(\xi)\,d\xi,\qquad 0\le t<T.λ(t)=∫tT​a(ξ)dξ1​,s(t)=∫0t​λ(ξ)dξ,0≤t<T.

The parameter λ\lambdaλ blows up at TTT, and sss maps [0,T)[0,T)[0,T) onto [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). In the coordinates y=Dλ(t)rxy = D^{\mathbf r}_{\lambda(t)}xy=Dλ(t)r​x and the time sss, the system becomes

y′=(aDr+Jn)y+(bu+d)en.y' = \big(a D_{\mathbf r} + J_n\big)y + (b u + d)e_n .y′=(aDr​+Jn​)y+(bu+d)en​.

The feedback studied is u=−KTDηryu = -K^T D^{\mathbf r}_\eta yu=−KTDηr​y, that is u(t)=−KTDηλ(t)rx(t)u(t) = -K^T D^{\mathbf r}_{\eta\lambda(t)}x(t)u(t)=−KTDηλ(t)r​x(t) in the original variables, where K∈RnK\in\mathbb R^nK∈Rn and η≥1\eta\ge1η≥1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 14 (corrected)

There is a rate μ>0\mu>0μ>0 depending only on nnn and b‾\underline bb​ such that, for every TTT and admissible aaa, there are KKK and C>0C>0C>0 with

∣xi(t)∣≤1(ηλ(t))n−i+1(Cηmax⁡(1,ηn−1)e−μηs(t)∥x(0)∥+Cmax⁡r∈[0,t]∣d(r)∣)|x_i(t)| \le \frac{1}{(\eta\lambda(t))^{n-i+1}}\Big(C\eta\max(1,\eta^{n-1})e^{-\mu\eta s(t)}\|x(0)\| + C\max_{r\in[0,t]}|d(r)|\Big)∣xi​(t)∣≤(ηλ(t))n−i+11​(Cηmax(1,ηn−1)e−μηs(t)∥x(0)∥+Cr∈[0,t]max​∣d(r)∣)

for every η≥1\eta\ge1η≥1, every b≥b‾b\ge\underline bb≥b​, every disturbance ddd, every closed-loop solution, every t∈[0,T)t\in[0,T)t∈[0,T) and every 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n. Since λ(t)→∞\lambda(t)\to\inftyλ(t)→∞, every coordinate reaches 000 at the prescribed time TTT.

Milestones

  1. §3 (10): λ˙=aλ2\dot\lambda = a\lambda^2λ˙=aλ2, λ\lambdaλ is nondecreasing and tends to ∞\infty∞ at TTT, and sss is an increasing C1C^1C1 bijection [0,T)→[0,∞)[0,T)\to[0,\infty)[0,T)→[0,∞).
  2. §3 (7)–(11): the transformed dynamics.
  3. Proposition 10: ∃ρ,S,K\exists\rho,S,K∃ρ,S,K such that (Jn−benKT)TS+S(Jn−benKT)⪯−ρ Id(J_n - be_nK^T)^TS + S(J_n-be_nK^T)\preceq-\rho\,\mathrm{Id}(Jn​−ben​KT)TS+S(Jn​−ben​KT)⪯−ρId for all b≥b‾b\ge\underline bb≥b​.
  4. Proposition 11: the same LMI with aDraD_{\mathbf r}aDr​ added, uniformly in ∣a∣≤C0|a|\le C_0∣a∣≤C0​.
  5. Proposition 12 (corrected): the ISS estimate (17) in the time sss.
  6. Proposition 13: the η\etaη-scaled LMI (20).

Significance

Corollary 14 says that a linear feedback with a time-varying gain drives the chain of integrators to the origin at the designer's deadline TTT. The guarantee holds for every control gain b≥b‾b\ge\underline bb≥b​, however large, and gives an explicit input-to-state bound for the matched disturbance. The weight aaa is free, so the blow-up profile of the gain can be chosen, for example to converge faster than polynomially. Proposition 10 removes the upper bound on bbb from the classical LMI, and is of independent use for high-gain and persistently excited systems.

On formalization: the results are proved on paper; no formalization of them is known. The mission produces checked statements of the LMIs, the time change, and the prescribed-time estimate. Two printed estimates are false as stated, (17) and (23), and the mission states corrected versions (see Formalization scope). Formal proofs would certify the corrected constants.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to take a Lyapunov function for the constant-coefficient closed loop and differentiate it along trajectories. This fails for two reasons. First, bbb ranges over an unbounded interval, so no compactness argument yields a common Lyapunov matrix, and a single SSS and KKK must work for all b≥b‾b\ge\underline bb≥b​ at once. Second, the transformed system carries the time-varying term a(s)Dra(s)D_{\mathbf r}a(s)Dr​, and in the original time the feedback gain λ(t)\lambda(t)λ(t) is unbounded. Estimates must survive both the rescaling by Dηλ(t)rD^{\mathbf r}_{\eta\lambda(t)}Dηλ(t)r​ and the change of time. Constants that look harmless in the new time, such as the condition number of SSS and the value λ(0)\lambda(0)λ(0), reappear in the original variables, and dropping them makes the printed estimates false.

Formalization scope

Lean representation: vectors of Rn\mathbb R^nRn are Fin n → ℝ, and coordinate i : Fin n is the paper's index i.val + 1, so rir_iri​ = n - i.val. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, and enKTe_nK^Ten​KT is vecMulVec (eN n) K. Matrix inequalities use the Loewner order (open scoped MatrixOrder), and "real symmetric positive definite" is PosDef. The norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is Euclidean, written out as eucNorm. Solutions are Carathéodory solutions in integral form: for every ttt in the interval, the right-hand side is integrable on [0,t][0,t][0,t] and the integral identity holds. This matches the paper's measurable bbb and ddd. The standing assumptions are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 (§3), T>0T>0T>0, aaa continuous and nonnegative on [0,T][0,T][0,T] with ∫tTa>0\int_t^Ta>0∫tT​a>0 on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T), and b≥b‾>0b\ge\underline b>0b≥b​>0. No upper bound on bbb is assumed anywhere. max⁡∣d∣\max|d|max∣d∣ is replaced by an arbitrary bound DDD of ∣d∣|d|∣d∣ on the interval.

Corrected statements, with milestone texts kept verbatim:

  • (17) as printed has no constant on the transient term and fails for n≥2n\ge2n≥2: with a≡1a\equiv1a≡1 and y(0)=e1y(0)=e_1y(0)=e1​, ∣y1∣|y_1|∣y1​∣ first increases. Proposition 12 is stated with CSC_SCS​ on that term.
  • (23) as printed fails at t=0t=0t=0 whenever ∫0Ta<1\int_0^Ta<1∫0T​a<1. The goal is stated with a constant CCC on the transient term, and KKK and CCC may depend on TTT and aaa. The rate μ\muμ and the disturbance gain CSC_SCS​ depend only on nnn and b‾\underline bb​, as on the page.
  • Proposition 13's undefined μ∗\mu_*μ∗​ is the ρ\rhoρ of its statement.
  • "λ\lambdaλ increasing" is read as nondecreasing.
  • Corollary 14's "t≥0t\ge0t≥0" is read as t∈[0,T)t\in[0,T)t∈[0,T).

Trivializing encodings are ruled out as follows. The integrability clause of IsIntegralSolution prevents a non-integrable right-hand side from integrating to 000. Every constant is quantified before the objects it must not depend on: the rate μ\muμ before TTT and aaa, KKK before η\etaη, and ρ,S,K\rho,S,Kρ,S,K before bbb. No statement weakens the estimates to mere convergence.

Needed infrastructure: Lyapunov estimates for absolutely continuous solutions, Loewner-order congruence, and interval-integral calculus for the time change. The LMI lemmas and the integral-form solution predicate are reusable in other control missions. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are sharper constants.

Selected references

  • Y. Chitour, R. Ushirobira, H. Bouhemou, Stabilization for a Perturbed Chain of Integrators in Prescribed Time, SIAM J. Control Optim. 58(2):1022–1048, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1285937
  • Y. Song, Y. Wang, J. Holloway, M. Krstić, Time-varying feedback for regulation of normal-form nonlinear systems in prescribed finite time, Automatica 83:243–251, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.automatica.2017.06.008
  • Y. Chitour, M. Sigalotti, On the stabilization of persistently excited linear systems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 48:4032–4055, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080737812
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Analytical Solution to a Discrete-Time Model for Dynamic Learning and Decision Making: the two-action frontier difference equations have a unique closed-form solution with explicit det YResearch Paper

Learning while doing, and the frontier of continuation values

Many sequential decisions trade off immediate reward against information: a firm prices without knowing which demand regime it faces, a clinician treats without knowing a patient's type, a bandit player pulls a risky arm to learn its mean. Formally these are partially observed Markov decision problems (POMDPs) with a hidden but fixed state. Their value function is the upper envelope of a set of linear functions of the belief, one continuation-value vector per policy. The efficient frontier of these vectors describes the optimal policy for every prior at once. Except for special cases, the frontier of a POMDP has to be computed numerically.

Hao Zhang (Management Science, 2021; accepted version SSRN 3847049) treats the case of two states, two actions and two signals. Under a commensurability condition on the signals, the extreme points of the frontier satisfy linear difference equations with constant coefficients (Theorems 2 and 4 of the paper). The paper solves these equations in closed form. Theorem 3 covers the case where the second action reveals nothing, so that it acts as a stopping action. Theorem 6 covers the case where both actions are informative. This mission formalizes the solution of the difference equations, including the explicit determinant of the coupling matrix that Appendix B states as Theorem 6 (Complete).

Setting

The hidden state is θ∈{1,2}\theta \in \{1, 2\}θ∈{1,2}, the actions are AAA and BBB, and the signals are γ\gammaγ and γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​. In each period, action aaa in state θ\thetaθ produces signal γ\gammaγ with probability pθ(a,γ)p_\theta(a, \gamma)pθ​(a,γ) and an expected reward rθ(a)r_\theta(a)rθ​(a), and rewards are discounted by δ∈(0,1)\delta \in (0, 1)δ∈(0,1). The anchor points u^θa=(1−δ)−1rθ(a)\hat u^a_\theta = (1-\delta)^{-1} r_\theta(a)u^θa​=(1−δ)−1rθ​(a) are the values of always playing aaa. Write pθA=pθ(A,γ)p^A_\theta = p_\theta(A,\gamma)pθA​=pθ​(A,γ) and pθB=pθ(B,γ)p^B_\theta = p_\theta(B,\gamma)pθB​=pθ​(B,γ).

The signal quality indices are integers n(A,γ)=nA>0n(A,\gamma) = n^A > 0n(A,γ)=nA>0, n(A,γˉ)=−nˉA<0n(A,\bar\gamma) = -\bar n^A < 0n(A,γˉ​)=−nˉA<0, n(B,γ)=nB>0n(B,\gamma) = n^B > 0n(B,γ)=nB>0 and n(B,γˉ)=−nˉB<0n(B,\bar\gamma) = -\bar n^B < 0n(B,γˉ​)=−nˉB<0. Their absolute values are relatively prime, and for some μ>1\mu > 1μ>1 each log-likelihood ratio ln⁡(p1(a,s)/p2(a,s))\ln(p_1(a,s)/p_2(a,s))ln(p1​(a,s)/p2​(a,s)) equals n(a,s)ln⁡μn(a,s) \ln\mun(a,s)lnμ (Definition 3).

For each θ\thetaθ the paper's boundary-value problem (28)–(31) asks for real sequences vA,vBv^A, v^BvA,vB on k=0,1,2,…k = 0, 1, 2, \dotsk=0,1,2,… satisfying four conditions:

vA(k+nA)−δ−1(pθA)−1vA(k)+(pθA)−1(1−pθA) vA(k−nˉA)=0(k≥nˉA),v^A(k+n^A) - \delta^{-1}(p^A_\theta)^{-1} v^A(k) + (p^A_\theta)^{-1}(1-p^A_\theta)\, v^A(k-\bar n^A) = 0 \quad (k \ge \bar n^A),vA(k+nA)−δ−1(pθA​)−1vA(k)+(pθA​)−1(1−pθA​)vA(k−nˉA)=0(k≥nˉA), vB(k+nˉB)−δ−1(1−pθB)−1vB(k)+(1−pθB)−1pθB vB(k−nB)=0(k≥nB),v^B(k+\bar n^B) - \delta^{-1}(1-p^B_\theta)^{-1} v^B(k) + (1-p^B_\theta)^{-1} p^B_\theta\, v^B(k-n^B) = 0 \quad (k \ge n^B),vB(k+nˉB)−δ−1(1−pθB​)−1vB(k)+(1−pθB​)−1pθB​vB(k−nB)=0(k≥nB),

the coupling condition vA(k)+u^θA=vB(nˉA+nB−1−k)+u^θBv^A(k) + \hat u^A_\theta = v^B(\bar n^A + n^B - 1 - k) + \hat u^B_\thetavA(k)+u^θA​=vB(nˉA+nB−1−k)+u^θB​ for k=0,…,nˉA+nB−1k = 0, \dots, \bar n^A + n^B - 1k=0,…,nˉA+nB−1, and decay, vA(k),vB(k)→0v^A(k), v^B(k) \to 0vA(k),vB(k)→0.

The characteristic polynomials are

fθA(z)=znA+nˉA−δ−1(pθA)−1znˉA+(pθA)−1(1−pθA),fθB(z)=znB+nˉB−δ−1(1−pθB)−1znB+(1−pθB)−1pθB.f^A_\theta(z) = z^{n^A+\bar n^A} - \delta^{-1}(p^A_\theta)^{-1} z^{\bar n^A} + (p^A_\theta)^{-1}(1-p^A_\theta), \qquad f^B_\theta(z) = z^{n^B+\bar n^B} - \delta^{-1}(1-p^B_\theta)^{-1} z^{n^B} + (1-p^B_\theta)^{-1}p^B_\theta.fθA​(z)=znA+nˉA−δ−1(pθA​)−1znˉA+(pθA​)−1(1−pθA​),fθB​(z)=znB+nˉB−δ−1(1−pθB​)−1znB+(1−pθB​)−1pθB​.

ZunitaZ^a_{unit}Zunita​ is the set of their roots with ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1, and mzam^a_zmza​ is the multiplicity of the root zzz. From these roots the paper builds a square matrix Y=(YA,YB)Y = (Y^A, Y^B)Y=(YA,YB). Its A-columns are (kτ)zk−τ\binom{k}{\tau}z^{k-\tau}(τk​)zk−τ and its B-columns are (nˉA+nB−1−kτ)znˉA+nB−1−k−τ\binom{\bar n^A+n^B-1-k}{\tau}z^{\bar n^A+n^B-1-k-\tau}(τnˉA+nB−1−k​)znˉA+nB−1−k−τ, in a fixed column order.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (Complete), EC p. 11

For each θ\thetaθ, under the standing assumptions of §5, the goal asserts four things:

  1. ∑z∈ZunitAmzA=nˉA\sum_{z\in Z^A_{unit}} m^A_z = \bar n^A∑z∈ZunitA​​mzA​=nˉA and ∑z∈ZunitBmzB=nB\sum_{z\in Z^B_{unit}} m^B_z = n^B∑z∈ZunitB​​mzB​=nB.
  2. For every enumeration of the roots,
det⁡Y=∏i<l(zlA−ziA)miAmlA∏i,l(1−ziAzlB)miAmlB∏i<l(ziB−zlB)miBmlB.\det Y = \prod_{i<l}(z^A_l - z^A_i)^{m^A_i m^A_l}\prod_{i,l}(1 - z^A_i z^B_l)^{m^A_i m^B_l}\prod_{i<l}(z^B_i - z^B_l)^{m^B_i m^B_l}.detY=i<l∏​(zlA​−ziA​)miA​mlA​i,l∏​(1−ziA​zlB​)miA​mlB​i<l∏​(ziB​−zlB​)miB​mlB​.
  1. det⁡Y≠0\det Y \ne 0detY=0.
  2. The problem (28)–(31) has exactly one real solution. That solution is the root expansion vθa(k)=∑z∈Zunita∑τ<mzaαz,τa(kτ)zk−τv^a_\theta(k) = \sum_{z \in Z^a_{unit}}\sum_{\tau<m^a_z}\alpha^a_{z,\tau}\binom{k}{\tau}z^{k-\tau}vθa​(k)=∑z∈Zunita​​∑τ<mza​​αz,τa​(τk​)zk−τ, whose coefficients are given by (αA;−αB)=(u^θB−u^θA)Y−11(\boldsymbol\alpha^A; -\boldsymbol\alpha^B) = (\hat u^B_\theta - \hat u^A_\theta)Y^{-1}\mathbf 1(αA;−αB)=(u^θB​−u^θA​)Y−11.

Milestones

  • Eq. (18): the general solution of a constant-coefficient linear recurrence with repeated characteristic roots.
  • Eq. (19): the determinant of the generalized (confluent) Vandermonde matrix.
  • From the proof of Theorem 3: zn+nˉ−δ−1p−1znˉ+p−1(1−p)z^{n+\bar n} - \delta^{-1}p^{-1}z^{\bar n} + p^{-1}(1-p)zn+nˉ−δ−1p−1znˉ+p−1(1−p) has exactly nˉ\bar nnˉ roots in the open unit disk, counted with multiplicity.
  • From the proof of Theorem 3: decay of an exponential polynomial forces zero coefficients on every root with ∣z∣≥1|z| \ge 1∣z∣≥1.
  • Theorem 3: the one-sided problem (13)–(15), when action BBB is uninformative.
  • The base case and the inductive step of the determinant computation in the proof of Theorem 6 (Complete).

Significance

The result turns the efficient frontier of this class of POMDPs into explicit algebra. Each extreme point is a finite sum over the roots of two trinomials in the unit disk, and the coefficients come from one linear solve. The paper uses this to explain the shape of the frontier: how many extreme points the two actions contribute, and how quickly they accumulate at the anchor points. It also shows that the coupled two-sided problem is always well posed, because YYY is nonsingular.

The paper proves the results in prose; none of them is machine-checked. The mission contributes a checked proof of the solution formula and of the determinant identity. The identity is a confluent Vandermonde-type evaluation with a reflected second block. Several pieces are general mathematics that Mathlib lacks: the solution space of a linear recurrence with repeated roots in binomial form, the confluent Vandermonde determinant, root counting in the unit disk, and the decay lemma for exponential polynomials.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to write down the general solution, discard the growing modes and match the boundary data. It runs into three problems. First, the count of roots in the disk is what makes YYY square. It comes from Rouché's theorem, which Mathlib does not have, so it must be proved or replaced by a polynomial argument. Second, roots on the unit circle are not excluded a priori, so the decay argument has to handle polynomially weighted unimodular terms. Third, and hardest, is det⁡Y≠0\det Y \ne 0detY=0. YYY is not a confluent Vandermonde matrix: its B-block is reflected (N−1−kN-1-kN−1−k in place of kkk). The paper reduces the simple-root case to a Vandermonde matrix in the inverted points 1/zjB1/z^B_j1/zjB​, and then handles each repeated B-root by differentiating with respect to a "nominal root". Making that induction precise requires care with column orders and signs.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace LearnDoFrontier.TwoAction. A Model carries δ\deltaδ, pθAp^A_\thetapθA​, pθBp^B_\thetapθB​, the rewards rθ(a,s)r_\theta(a,s)rθ​(a,s) and the four indices, with the negative indices stored as the positive naturals nˉA,nˉB\bar n^A, \bar n^BnˉA,nˉB. States, actions and signals are Fin 2, and index 0 stands for θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, AAA and γ\gammaγ. Model.Standing collects the assumptions of §5: 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, General Position, Informative Actions A and B, and Definition 3, with "relatively prime" read as a joint gcd of 111. Sequences are real and indexed by N\mathbb NN, while the roots, coefficients and YYY are complex. The solution formula is an equality in C\mathbb CC. Root enumerations are arbitrary bijections onto ZunitaZ^a_{unit}Zunita​, universally quantified, and the columns of YYY follow the paper's order: A-columns first, roots first, then τ\tauτ ascending for A and descending for B. Exponents use natural-number subtraction, which is harmless because the binomial factor vanishes whenever k<τk<\tauk<τ. The determinant milestones are stated for arbitrary distinct points rather than roots, as the paper's induction uses them.

No formalization may make the targets hold by definition. ZunitZ_{unit}Zunit​ and mzm_zmz​ are the actual roots and multiplicities, never "the first nˉA\bar n^AnˉA roots". Uniqueness ranges over all real sequences satisfying (28)–(31), not only over root expansions. The coefficients are given by Y−1Y^{-1}Y−1, not chosen to fit the boundary.

The link from the POMDP's efficient frontier to (13)–(15) and (28)–(31) (Theorems 2 and 4) is not formalized. Its proofs are geometric sketches, and Theorem 4 assumes a two-segment frontier structure that the paper itself calls a conjecture. The mission is about the difference equations exactly as the paper poses them. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and the recurrence, Vandermonde and root-count lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Hao Zhang, Analytical Solution to a Discrete-Time Model for Dynamic Learning and Decision Making, Management Science, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2021.4194 ; accepted version with E-Companion: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3847049
  • Saber Elaydi, An Introduction to Difference Equations, 3rd ed., Springer, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-27602-5
  • Richard D. Smallwood and Edward J. Sondik, The Optimal Control of Partially Observable Markov Processes over a Finite Horizon, Operations Research 21(5), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1071
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Equilibria and Systemic Risk in Saturated Networks: necessary and sufficient conditions for uniqueness of saturated network equilibria, class by class, when the spectral radius is at most oneResearch Paper

Motivation

Many models of contagion in networks reduce to the same fixed-point equation: each node receives a linear combination of the states of its in-neighbours plus an exogenous term, and its own state is that inflow clipped to an interval. In the interbank clearing model of Eisenberg and Noe (Management Science, 2001) the states are payments capped by liabilities; in network games with strategic complementarities and bounded actions the states are best responses; in flow networks with finite capacities the states are flows. Massai, Como and Fagnani (arXiv:1912.04815, Mathematics of Operations Research) study this equation in a common form, with no sign restriction on the exogenous term and no normalisation of the interaction matrix. For a regulator or a modeller, the first question about such an equation is whether its solution is unique: when it is not, the outcome of a default cascade, or the play of a game, is not determined by the data.

Earlier uniqueness results covered special cases: Eisenberg and Noe proved uniqueness of the clearing vector under a regularity condition on the liability network, and contraction arguments give uniqueness when the interaction matrix has spectral radius below one. The paper treats every nonnegative interaction matrix with spectral radius at most one.

Setting

The nodes form a finite set V\mathcal VV. A network is a pair (P,w)(P, w)(P,w) with PPP an entrywise nonnegative V×V\mathcal V \times \mathcal VV×V matrix and www a nonnegative vector; an exogenous flow is an arbitrary c∈RVc \in \mathbb R^{\mathcal V}c∈RV. Writing S0wS_0^{w}S0w​ for the coordinatewise clipping (S0w(y))i=min⁡{max⁡{yi,0},wi}(S_0^w(y))_i = \min\{\max\{y_i, 0\}, w_i\}(S0w​(y))i​=min{max{yi​,0},wi​}, a network equilibrium is a solution of

x=S0w(P⊤x+c),i.e.xi=min⁡{max⁡{∑jxjPji+ci, 0}, wi}.x = S_0^w(P^\top x + c), \qquad\text{i.e.}\qquad x_i = \min\Big\{\max\Big\{\sum_j x_j P_{ji} + c_i,\ 0\Big\},\ w_i\Big\}.x=S0w​(P⊤x+c),i.e.xi​=min{max{j∑​xj​Pji​+ci​, 0}, wi​}.

The set of equilibria is X\mathcal XX. The spectral radius ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) of a square matrix is the largest modulus of its complex eigenvalues. The digraph GP\mathcal G_PGP​ has a link i→ji \to ji→j when Pij≠0P_{ij} \neq 0Pij​=0; its strongly connected components are the classes of PPP, and P(ll)P^{(ll)}P(ll) denotes the principal block of PPP on the class Vl\mathcal V_lVl​. After a permutation of the nodes, PPP is block upper triangular with these blocks on the diagonal. A class is basic if ρ(P(ll))=ρ(P)\rho(P^{(ll)}) = \rho(P)ρ(P(ll))=ρ(P) and final if no link leaves it. A network is non-expansive if ρ(P)<1\rho(P) < 1ρ(P)<1, or ρ(P)=1\rho(P) = 1ρ(P)=1 and every basic class is final. For an equilibrium xxx, a node is surplus, exposed or deficit according as its inflow ci+∑kPkixkc_i + \sum_k P_{ki}x_kci​+∑k​Pki​xk​ lies above wiw_iwi​, in [0,wi][0, w_i][0,wi​], or below 000.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 16)

Assume ρ(P)≤1\rho(P) \le 1ρ(P)≤1, let Vl\mathcal V_lVl​ be a class and fix the equilibrium on the nodes upstream of Vl\mathcal V_lVl​. Put u(l)=c(l)+∑i<lP(il)⊤x(i)u^{(l)} = c^{(l)} + \sum_{i<l} P^{(il)\top}x^{(i)}u(l)=c(l)+∑i<l​P(il)⊤x(i). Then the projection x(l)x^{(l)}x(l) of the equilibria on Vl\mathcal V_lVl​ is

  • unique when ρ(P(ll))<1\rho(P^{(ll)}) < 1ρ(P(ll))<1;
  • when ρ(P(ll))=1\rho(P^{(ll)}) = 1ρ(P(ll))=1, with right and left dominant eigenvectors p(l)p^{(l)}p(l), π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) of P(ll)P^{(ll)}P(ll), non-unique if and only if
p(l)⊤u(l)=0,min⁡i∈Vlνi(l)πi(l)+min⁡i∈Vlwi−νi(l)πi(l)>0,p^{(l)\top}u^{(l)} = 0, \qquad \min_{i \in \mathcal V_l}\frac{\nu^{(l)}_i}{\pi^{(l)}_i} + \min_{i \in \mathcal V_l}\frac{w_i - \nu^{(l)}_i}{\pi^{(l)}_i} > 0,p(l)⊤u(l)=0,i∈Vl​min​πi(l)​νi(l)​​+i∈Vl​min​πi(l)​wi​−νi(l)​​>0,

where ν(l)=P(ll)⊤ν(l)+u(l)\nu^{(l)} = P^{(ll)\top}\nu^{(l)} + u^{(l)}ν(l)=P(ll)⊤ν(l)+u(l); and in that case the projections form the segment {ν(l)+απ(l)}\{\nu^{(l)} + \alpha\pi^{(l)}\}{ν(l)+απ(l)} with α\alphaα between minus the first minimum and the second.

The goal is a statement about X\mathcal XX, the equilibria of the whole network, not about an isolated block.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own chain of results:

  • Proposition 1 (i): X\mathcal XX is a complete lattice.
  • Proposition 2: Perron–Frobenius facts for nonnegative and irreducible matrices.
  • Lemma 1 and Proposition 3: a positive vector vvv with Pv≤vPv \le vPv≤v exists if and only if the network is non-expansive.
  • Theorem 1 and Corollary 1: for non-expansive networks the surplus/exposed/deficit partition is the same for every equilibrium, and on it all equilibria solve one linear system.
  • Proposition 4: ρ(P)<1\rho(P) < 1ρ(P)<1 gives a unique equilibrium.
  • Proposition 5: the irreducible case with ρ(P)=1\rho(P) = 1ρ(P)=1, where the equilibria are non-unique exactly when p⊤c=0p^\top c = 0p⊤c=0 and the segment condition (29) holds, and then form the segment (30).

Significance

Theorem 2 answers the uniqueness question completely for ρ(P)≤1\rho(P) \le 1ρ(P)≤1, a range that contains every stochastic and sub-stochastic matrix and hence the standard interbank and flow-network models. It reduces uniqueness to finitely many checks, one per class, each a linear equation and two finite minima. It also shows that when uniqueness fails there is a continuum of equilibria (a segment on each critical class) rather than isolated ones, which is false for ρ(P)>1\rho(P) > 1ρ(P)>1 (Remark 9 of the paper). Theorem 1 says that, for non-expansive networks, which nodes are defaulting, solvent-but-exposed, or in surplus does not depend on the equilibrium selected; this is the robustness property the paper uses for systemic-risk measures.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The mission also produces reusable linear algebra: the Perron–Frobenius theorem for nonnegative matrices with the complex spectral radius (absent from Mathlib), its irreducible refinements, and the characterisation of matrices admitting a positive subinvariant vector.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is the contraction one: when ρ(P)<1\rho(P) < 1ρ(P)<1 the map x↦S0w(P⊤x+c)x \mapsto S_0^w(P^\top x + c)x↦S0w​(P⊤x+c) is a contraction in a suitable norm. At ρ(P)=1\rho(P) = 1ρ(P)=1 that argument fails, and non-uniqueness genuinely occurs. Even non-expansiveness in some norm is not enough: Example 1 of the paper has ρ(P)=1\rho(P) = 1ρ(P)=1, a simple eigenvalue, and still an equilibrium-dependent partition, because a basic class is not final. The difficulty is to localise the critical behaviour to the classes of spectral radius one. It also needs the projection of the equilibrium set on a class, with its upstream values fixed, to be exactly the equilibrium set of a smaller irreducible network. Then the whole of X\mathcal XX has to be identified with a segment of the kernel line of I−P(ll)⊤I - P^{(ll)\top}I−P(ll)⊤ intersected with a box.

Formalization scope

Nodes are a finite type with decidable equality. PPP is a real matrix with nonnegative entries and www a nonnegative vector, so wi=0w_i = 0wi​=0 is allowed. The exogenous flow ccc is unrestricted in sign. ρ\rhoρ is Mathlib's spectralRadius ℂ of the complexified matrix (in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), never the real spectral radius. Equilibria are the solutions of (1) with min⁡\minmin/max⁡\maxmax exactly as in (3). Classes are strongly connected components of GP\mathcal G_PGP​ with reachability by paths of length at least zero, so a node on no cycle forms a class with block [0][0][0]. Instead of assuming PPP in block triangular form, the goal quantifies over a class and fixes the equilibrium on the nodes upstream of it. "Non-unique" is Set.Nontrivial. Minima over a class are Finset.inf' over a nonempty index set. Dominant eigenvectors are nonnegative, nonzero eigenvectors for the eigenvalue 111; positivity of π\piπ is not assumed.

Four printed slips are read as intended and disclosed in the items:

  • the sums ∑k≠i\sum_{k \ne i}∑k=i​ in the partition (19) are the full sums of (1);
  • "connected components" on p. 10 are strongly connected components;
  • the third bullet of Theorem 2 sums over i<li < li<l;
  • Proposition 2 (iv) is stated as ρ(P)x=P⊤x+c\rho(P)x = P^\top x + cρ(P)x=P⊤x+c, which agrees with the printed equation when ρ(P)=1\rho(P) = 1ρ(P)=1.

Several formalizations would trivialise the goal and are ruled out:

  • a block-only reading, in which the class projection is replaced by solutions of the block equation, is Proposition 5 again;
  • the real spectral radius makes the hypotheses depend silently on Perron–Frobenius;
  • assuming c≥0c \ge 0c≥0, w>0w > 0w>0, PPP sub-stochastic or irreducible removes the cases the theorem is about.

A complete development needs the Perron–Frobenius theory of nonnegative and irreducible matrices, the Tarski fixed-point theorem (in Mathlib), and the condensation of a digraph into its strongly connected components. The Perron–Frobenius milestones are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as independent contributions. The continuity results of §5 (Theorem 3, Corollaries 2–3) are out of scope.

Selected references

  • L. Massai, G. Como, F. Fagnani, Equilibria and Systemic Risk in Saturated Networks, Mathematics of Operations Research; arXiv:1912.04815v2, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1912.04815
  • L. Eisenberg, T. H. Noe, Systemic Risk in Financial Networks, Management Science 47(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.47.2.236.9835
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Geometric Connections of Embedded and Quotient Geometries in Riemannian Fixed-rank Matrix Optimization: Gradient and Hessian Connections for Fixed-rank PSD Matrices via YYᵀResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning ask for a low-rank positive semidefinite matrix: phase retrieval, matrix sensing, PCA-type problems and the Burer–Monteiro approach to semidefinite programs. A standard formulation is

min⁡X∈Sp×p, X⪰0, rank⁡(X)=rf(X),0<r≤p,(1)\min_{X\in\mathbb S^{p\times p},\ X\succeq0,\ \operatorname{rank}(X)=r} f(X),\qquad 0<r\le p, \tag{1}X∈Sp×p, X⪰0, rank(X)=rmin​f(X),0<r≤p,(1)

and Riemannian optimization solves it by treating the feasible set as a smooth manifold. Two geometries are in common use. In the embedded geometry the set of rank-rrr PSD matrices is a submanifold of Rp×p\mathbb R^{p\times p}Rp×p with the Euclidean metric. In the quotient geometry one writes X=YY⊤X=YY^\topX=YY⊤ with a full-column-rank factor YYY and optimizes over equivalence classes [Y]={YO:O orthogonal}[Y]=\{YO:O\text{ orthogonal}\}[Y]={YO:O orthogonal}. Algorithms built on the two geometries behave similarly in experiments, and landscape results (absence of spurious local minima, strict saddles) have been proved separately for each. Luo, Li and Zhang (arXiv:2110.12121, Mathematics of Operations Research 2024) explain this by an explicit dictionary between the Riemannian gradients and Hessians of the two geometries. This mission formalizes their first main result, Theorem 3, for the full-rank factorization of PSD matrices.

Setting

Matrices carry the Frobenius inner product ⟨A,B⟩=tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=tr(A⊤B). The objective f:Rp×p→Rf:\mathbb R^{p\times p}\to\mathbb Rf:Rp×p→R is twice continuously differentiable and symmetric, f(X)=f(X⊤)f(X)=f(X^\top)f(X)=f(X⊤) (the paper's standing assumptions); ∇f\nabla f∇f and ∇2f\nabla^2f∇2f are its Euclidean gradient and Hessian.

Embedded geometry. Mr+={X∈Sp×p:X⪰0, rank⁡X=r}\mathcal M_{r+}=\{X\in\mathbb S^{p\times p}:X\succeq0,\ \operatorname{rank}X=r\}Mr+​={X∈Sp×p:X⪰0, rankX=r}, viewed as Mr+e⊂Rp×p\mathcal M^e_{r+}\subset\mathbb R^{p\times p}Mr+e​⊂Rp×p. Its tangent space TXMr+eT_X\mathcal M^e_{r+}TX​Mr+e​ is the span of the tangent cone. The Riemannian gradient grad⁡f(X)\operatorname{grad}f(X)gradf(X) is the orthogonal projection of ∇f(X)\nabla f(X)∇f(X) onto TXMr+eT_X\mathcal M^e_{r+}TX​Mr+e​, and the Riemannian Hessian quadratic form Hess⁡f(X)[ξ,ξ]\operatorname{Hess}f(X)[\xi,\xi]Hessf(X)[ξ,ξ] is the derivative ddt⟨grad⁡f(c(t)),ξ⟩\frac{d}{dt}\langle\operatorname{grad}f(c(t)),\xi\rangledtd​⟨gradf(c(t)),ξ⟩ at t=0t=0t=0 along any C1C^1C1 curve ccc in Mr+\mathcal M_{r+}Mr+​ with c(0)=Xc(0)=Xc(0)=X, c′(0)=ξc'(0)=\xic′(0)=ξ.

Quotient geometry. The total space is R∗p×r\mathbb R_*^{p\times r}R∗p×r​, the p×rp\times rp×r matrices of full column rank, with the objective hˉr+(Y)=f(YY⊤)\bar h_{r+}(Y)=f(YY^\top)hˉr+​(Y)=f(YY⊤) (18a). A weight Y↦WYY\mapsto W_YY↦WY​, smooth and symmetric positive definite, defines the metric gˉY(η,θ)=tr⁡(WYη⊤θ)\bar g_Y(\eta,\theta)=\operatorname{tr}(W_Y\eta^\top\theta)gˉ​Y​(η,θ)=tr(WY​η⊤θ). The vertical space VY={YΩ:Ω⊤=−Ω}\mathcal V_Y=\{Y\Omega:\Omega^\top=-\Omega\}VY​={YΩ:Ω⊤=−Ω} is tangent to the orbit [Y][Y][Y], and the horizontal space HY\mathcal H_YHY​ is its gˉY\bar g_Ygˉ​Y​-orthogonal complement. Tangent vectors of the quotient Mr+q1=R∗p×r/Or\mathcal M^{q_1}_{r+}=\mathbb R_*^{p\times r}/\mathbb O_rMr+q1​​=R∗p×r​/Or​ are represented by horizontal vectors: grad⁡hr+([Y])‾\overline{\operatorname{grad}h_{r+}([Y])}gradhr+​([Y])​ is the horizontal part of the total-space gradient ∇hˉr+(Y)WY−1\nabla\bar h_{r+}(Y)W_Y^{-1}∇hˉr+​(Y)WY−1​, and Hess⁡hr+([Y])‾[θ,θ]=gˉY(∇ˉθgrad⁡hˉ,θ)\overline{\operatorname{Hess}h_{r+}([Y])}[\theta,\theta]=\bar g_Y(\bar\nabla_\theta\operatorname{grad}\bar h,\theta)Hesshr+​([Y])​[θ,θ]=gˉ​Y​(∇ˉθ​gradhˉ,θ) for horizontal θ\thetaθ, where ∇ˉ\bar\nabla∇ˉ is the Levi-Civita connection of gˉ\bar ggˉ​ (Koszul formula).

Comparison data. LYr+(θ)=Yθ⊤+θY⊤\mathcal L^{r+}_Y(\theta)=Y\theta^\top+\theta Y^\topLYr+​(θ)=Yθ⊤+θY⊤; U∈St(r,p)U\in\mathrm{St}(r,p)U∈St(r,p) spans the top rrr eigenspace of X=YY⊤X=YY^\topX=YY⊤, P=U⊤YP=U^\top YP=U⊤Y, Y†=(Y⊤Y)−1Y⊤Y^\dagger=(Y^\top Y)^{-1}Y^\topY†=(Y⊤Y)−1Y⊤. For a quadratic form on a ddd-dimensional space with inner product ggg, λk\lambda_kλk​ is its kkk-th largest eigenvalue relative to ggg (1≤k≤d1\le k\le d1≤k≤d). σ1,σr\sigma_1,\sigma_rσ1​,σr​ are the extreme singular values of an r×rr\times rr×r matrix.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 21)

If in addition WY=OWYOO⊤W_Y=OW_{YO}O^\topWY​=OWYO​O⊤ for all orthogonal OOO, then for every Y∈R∗p×rY\in\mathbb R_*^{p\times r}Y∈R∗p×r​ and X=YY⊤X=YY^\topX=YY⊤,

grad⁡f(X)=(grad⁡hr+([Y])‾WYY†+(grad⁡hr+([Y])‾WYY†)⊤(Ip−YY†))/2,grad⁡hr+([Y])‾=2grad⁡f(X)YWY−1,\operatorname{grad}f(X)=\Big(\overline{\operatorname{grad}h_{r+}([Y])}W_YY^\dagger+\big(\overline{\operatorname{grad}h_{r+}([Y])}W_YY^\dagger\big)^\top(I_p-YY^\dagger)\Big)/2,\qquad\overline{\operatorname{grad}h_{r+}([Y])}=2\operatorname{grad}f(X)YW_Y^{-1},gradf(X)=(gradhr+​([Y])​WY​Y†+(gradhr+​([Y])​WY​Y†)⊤(Ip​−YY†))/2,gradhr+​([Y])​=2gradf(X)YWY−1​,

and if [Y][Y][Y] is a Riemannian first-order stationary point of (18a),

Hess⁡hr+([Y])‾[θ,θ]=Hess⁡f(X)[LYr+(θ),LYr+(θ)]∀θ∈HY,\overline{\operatorname{Hess}h_{r+}([Y])}[\theta,\theta]=\operatorname{Hess}f(X)[\mathcal L^{r+}_Y(\theta),\mathcal L^{r+}_Y(\theta)]\quad\forall\theta\in\mathcal H_Y,Hesshr+​([Y])​[θ,θ]=Hessf(X)[LYr+​(θ),LYr+​(θ)]∀θ∈HY​,

both Hessians have d=pr−(r2−r)/2d=pr-(r^2-r)/2d=pr−(r2−r)/2 eigenvalues, and λi(Hess⁡hr+([Y])‾)\lambda_i(\overline{\operatorname{Hess}h_{r+}([Y])})λi​(Hesshr+​([Y])​) lies between 2σr(PWY−1P⊤)λi(Hess⁡f(X))2\sigma_r(PW_Y^{-1}P^\top)\lambda_i(\operatorname{Hess}f(X))2σr​(PWY−1​P⊤)λi​(Hessf(X)) and 4σ1(PWY−1P⊤)λi(Hess⁡f(X))4\sigma_1(PW_Y^{-1}P^\top)\lambda_i(\operatorname{Hess}f(X))4σ1​(PWY−1​P⊤)λi​(Hessf(X)).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6: Y1Y1⊤=Y2Y2⊤Y_1Y_1^\top=Y_2Y_2^\topY1​Y1⊤​=Y2​Y2⊤​ iff Y2=Y1OY_2=Y_1OY2​=Y1​O; U1B1U1⊤=U2B2U2⊤U_1B_1U_1^\top=U_2B_2U_2^\topU1​B1​U1⊤​=U2​B2​U2⊤​ iff U2=U1OU_2=U_1OU2​=U1​O, B2=O⊤B1OB_2=O^\top B_1OB2​=O⊤B1​O; Mr+={YY⊤}={UBU⊤}\mathcal M_{r+}=\{YY^\top\}=\{UBU^\top\}Mr+​={YY⊤}={UBU⊤}.
  2. Lemma 3: Mr+e\mathcal M^e_{r+}Mr+e​ is a smooth embedded submanifold of dimension pr−r(r−1)/2pr-r(r-1)/2pr−r(r−1)/2, with tangent space in the block form (14).
  3. Lemma 4 (i): explicit VY\mathcal V_YVY​, HY\mathcal H_YHY​ and their dimensions.
  4. Lemma 1 on R∗p×r\mathbb R_*^{p\times r}R∗p×r​: the total-space gradient is already horizontal.
  5. Proposition 1, embedded bullet: the formulas (19) for grad⁡f\operatorname{grad}fgradf and Hess⁡f\operatorname{Hess}fHessf.
  6. Proposition 1, quotient bullet: the formulas (20) for the lifted gradient and Hessian.
  7. Proposition 2: LYr+\mathcal L^{r+}_YLYr+​ is a bijection HY→TXMr+e\mathcal H_Y\to T_X\mathcal M^e_{r+}HY​→TX​Mr+e​.
  8. Proposition 2, (23): 2σr(PWY−1P⊤)gˉY(θ,θ)≤∥LYr+θ∥F2≤4σ1(PWY−1P⊤)gˉY(θ,θ)2\sigma_r(PW_Y^{-1}P^\top)\bar g_Y(\theta,\theta)\le\|\mathcal L^{r+}_Y\theta\|_F^2\le4\sigma_1(PW_Y^{-1}P^\top)\bar g_Y(\theta,\theta)2σr​(PWY−1​P⊤)gˉ​Y​(θ,θ)≤∥LYr+​θ∥F2​≤4σ1​(PWY−1​P⊤)gˉ​Y​(θ,θ).
  9. Theorem 2: the abstract sandwich inequality for spectra of two quadratic forms related by a bijection with bounded metric distortion.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that at stationary points the two geometries see the same second-order landscape: the Hessians are congruent through LYr+\mathcal L^{r+}_YLYr+​, so their eigenvalues have the same signs and comparable magnitudes, with explicit factors depending on WYW_YWY​ and the spectrum of XXX. The paper derives from it (Corollary 1) that first-order stationary points, second-order stationary points and strict saddles correspond between the embedded and quotient formulations, so a landscape result proved in one geometry transfers to the other. The choice of weight WYW_YWY​ (flat IrI_rIr​, right-invariant (Y⊤Y)−1(Y^\top Y)^{-1}(Y⊤Y)−1, or Y⊤YY^\top YY⊤Y) changes the comparison constants, which is how the paper relates the conditioning of the two approaches.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere. A formal development adds machine-checked Riemannian gradients and Hessians on a concrete embedded submanifold and on a concrete quotient, a checked horizontal-space computation, and a reusable abstract sandwich theorem for max–min eigenvalues. Corollary 1 and the parallel results for the polar factorization and for general rank-rrr matrices (Theorems 4–7) are natural follow-up missions on the same definitions.

Difficulty

The identities (19), (20) and (34) are matrix calculus once the geometric objects are pinned down; the difficulty is that the definitions are intrinsic. The embedded Hessian requires differentiating the tangent projection PTXMr+eP_{T_X\mathcal M^e_{r+}}PTX​Mr+e​​ along the manifold, which produces the curvature term 2⟨∇f(X),U⊥DΣ−1D⊤U⊥⊤⟩2\langle\nabla f(X),U_\perp D\Sigma^{-1}D^\top U_\perp^\top\rangle2⟨∇f(X),U⊥​DΣ−1D⊤U⊥⊤​⟩; the obvious computation that ignores the moving tangent space gives the wrong Hessian. The quotient Hessian involves the derivative of the weight WYW_YWY​ and needs the horizontal-space description of Lemma 4 to see that the projection in (5) can be dropped. Identifying span⁡\operatorname{span}span of the tangent cone with the block form (14) needs an explicit chart of the rank-rrr PSD set. The final sandwich requires a max–min (Courant–Fischer) argument relative to two different inner products, and the order of the bounds flips for negative eigenvalues.

Formalization scope

  • Ra×b\mathbb R^{a\times b}Ra×b is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin a × Fin b) (Frobenius inner product) with matrix views toMat/ofMat. The weight WWW takes values in Rr×r\mathbb R^{r\times r}Rr×r in the same form so that DWY\mathrm DW_YDWY​ is defined.
  • The embedded tangent space and Riemannian gradient are the published platform definitions ProjLikeRetr.Retractor.tangentSpace (span of the tangent cone) and ZORiem.RGD.rgrad (projected Euclidean gradient); "smooth embedded submanifold of dimension ddd" is the published coordinate-slice predicate ProjLikeRetr.Retractor.IsSubmanifold k d, for every kkk.
  • The embedded Hessian is a curve-defined predicate on a quadratic form; the quotient Hessian is the Koszul-formula form gˉY(DG[θ],θ)+12Dgˉ(θ,θ)[G]\bar g_Y(\mathrm DG[\theta],\theta)+\tfrac12\mathrm D\bar g(\theta,\theta)[G]gˉ​Y​(DG[θ],θ)+21​Dgˉ​(θ,θ)[G]. Neither is defined by the paper's formulas (19), (20) or (34): those are theorems, and a formalization that defined the Hessians or gradients by them would make the mission trivial.
  • λk\lambda_kλk​ is the max–min value over kkk-dimensional subspaces (the paper's Lemma 13); "sandwiched between aaa and bbb" means min⁡(a,b)≤μ≤max⁡(a,b)\min(a,b)\le\mu\le\max(a,b)min(a,b)≤μ≤max(a,b); σ1,σr\sigma_1,\sigma_rσ1​,σr​ of the symmetric positive definite PWY−1P⊤PW_Y^{-1}P^\topPWY−1​P⊤ are its extreme Rayleigh quotients.
  • Conventions: 0<r≤p0<r\le p0<r≤p; fff is C2C^2C2 and symmetric; WYW_YWY​ is positive definite on R∗p×r\mathbb R_*^{p\times r}R∗p×r​ and WWW is smooth there (the meaning of "Riemannian metric"); "UUU spans the top rrr eigenspace of YY⊤YY^\topYY⊤" is U⊤U=IrU^\top U=I_rU⊤U=Ir​, UU⊤Y=YUU^\top Y=YUU⊤Y=Y; Y†=(Y⊤Y)−1Y⊤Y^\dagger=(Y^\top Y)^{-1}Y^\topY†=(Y⊤Y)−1Y⊤; LYr+\mathcal L^{r+}_YLYr+​ is defined as Yθ⊤+θY⊤Y\theta^\top+\theta Y^\topYθ⊤+θY⊤ rather than by the block formula (22).
  • In Theorem 2 the map L\mathcal LL is assumed linear, as in every application in the paper, and the printed domain HX\mathcal H_XHX​ in (12)–(13) is read as HZ\mathcal H_ZHZ​.
  • Not encoded: the half of Lemma 3 about general rank-rrr matrices, Lemma 4 (ii) (no quotient-manifold structure in Mathlib), the polar factorization geometry and Theorems 4–7, Corollaries 1–2.

Useful contributions include Mathlib-level lemmas on the tangent cone of the rank-rrr PSD set, Courant–Fischer for a form relative to a non-standard inner product, and matrix-calculus lemmas for D(W−1)\mathrm D(W^{-1})D(W−1).

Selected references

  • Y. Luo, X. Li, A. R. Zhang, On Geometric Connections of Embedded and Quotient Geometries in Riemannian Fixed-rank Matrix Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024; arXiv:2110.12121v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2110.12121
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • M. Journée, F. Bach, P.-A. Absil, R. Sepulchre, Low-rank optimization on the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, SIAM Journal on Optimization 20(5), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080731359
  • B. Vandereycken, S. Vandewalle, A Riemannian optimization approach for computing low-rank solutions of Lyapunov equations, SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl. 31(5), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090764566
  • R. Bhatia, Matrix Analysis, Springer GTM 169, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0653-8
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Technical Note—Global Robust Stability in a General Price and Assortment Competition Model: Robust Best-Response Price Dynamics Contract Geometrically to the Special Equilibrium from Any StartResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers that sell many products set prices against one another, and the demand for each product depends on the prices of all of them. Affine demand models, q(p)=a−Rpq(p)=a-Rpq(p)=a−Rp, are the standard starting point for this kind of multi-product price competition in operations management and industrial organization. Two questions follow once an equilibrium is known to exist. Can the firms reach it, and does it matter where they start? A Nash equilibrium that the firms cannot find by adjusting their prices tells little about what prices will actually be observed.

Federgruen and Hu (Operations Research 69(1), 2021; submitted manuscript at SSRN 3010503) answer this for a general multi-firm, multi-product model with an arbitrary number of firms and arbitrary product assortments. The game has features that defeat the usual tools. Once the affine demands are extended so that no demand turns negative, the game is in general not supermodular. Example 1 of the paper, after McGuire and Staelin (1983/2008), is a duopoly that is not supermodular and has a continuum of equilibria. Earlier work (Federgruen and Hu, Operations Research 63(3), 2015) characterized the equilibria. One of them, the special equilibrium (p∗∣w)(p^*|w)(p∗∣w), has a closed form. The 2021 paper shows that this equilibrium is reached from any starting price vector when every firm repeatedly plays a robust best response.

Setting

A finite set N\mathcal NN of products is partitioned among firms. Firm iii sells the products N(i)\mathcal N(i)N(i). The foundational demands are

q(p)=a−Rp,a≥0,q(p)=a-Rp,\qquad a\ge 0,q(p)=a−Rp,a≥0,

where RRR is an N×N\mathcal N\times\mathcal NN×N price-sensitivity matrix subject to three assumptions:

  1. (P) RRR is positive definite in the quadratic-form sense: x⊤Rx>0x^\top Rx>0x⊤Rx>0 for all x≠0x\ne 0x=0. RRR need not be symmetric.
  2. (Z) RRR is a Z-matrix: Rlm≤0R_{lm}\le 0Rlm​≤0 for l≠ml\ne ml=m, so the products are substitutes.
  3. (IS) RRR is symmetric within each firm: Rlm=RmlR_{lm}=R_{ml}Rlm​=Rml​ when l,m∈N(i)l,m\in\mathcal N(i)l,m∈N(i).

Each firm has a cost vector, w∈R++Nw\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal N}_{++}w∈R++N​. Let T(R)T(R)T(R) be the block-diagonal matrix of the transposed firm blocks RN(i),N(i)⊤R^\top_{\mathcal N(i),\mathcal N(i)}RN(i),N(i)⊤​, and let Ψ(R)=T(R)[R+T(R)]−1\Psi(R)=T(R)[R+T(R)]^{-1}Ψ(R)=T(R)[R+T(R)]−1 and Q(w′)=Ψ(R)a−Ψ(R)Rw′Q(w')=\Psi(R)a-\Psi(R)Rw'Q(w′)=Ψ(R)a−Ψ(R)Rw′. The cost projection w′=Θ(w)w'=\Theta(w)w′=Θ(w) solves the linear complementarity problem

w′≤w,Q(w′)⊤(w−w′)=0,Q(w′)≥0,w'\le w,\qquad Q(w')^\top(w-w')=0,\qquad Q(w')\ge 0,w′≤w,Q(w′)⊤(w−w′)=0,Q(w′)≥0,

and the special equilibrium is

(p∗∣w)=w′+[R+T(R)]−1(a−Rw′).(p^*|w)=w'+[R+T(R)]^{-1}(a-Rw').(p∗∣w)=w′+[R+T(R)]−1(a−Rw′).

Given the other firms' prices p−N(i)p_{-\mathcal N(i)}p−N(i)​, firm iii sees the residual intercept α=aN(i)−RN(i),−N(i)p−N(i)\alpha=a_{\mathcal N(i)}-R_{\mathcal N(i),-\mathcal N(i)}p_{-\mathcal N(i)}α=aN(i)​−RN(i),−N(i)​p−N(i)​. Its robust best response maximizes

(x−wN(i))⊤(α−RN(i),N(i)x)over x≥0, α−RN(i),N(i)x≥0.(x-w_{\mathcal N(i)})^\top(\alpha-R_{\mathcal N(i),\mathcal N(i)}x)\quad\text{over } x\ge 0,\ \alpha-R_{\mathcal N(i),\mathcal N(i)}x\ge 0.(x−wN(i)​)⊤(α−RN(i),N(i)​x)over x≥0, α−RN(i),N(i)​x≥0.

Prices are restricted to keep the firm's own affine demands nonnegative, so the firm needs only its own demand and cost data. Collecting all firms gives the map RBRBRB, and RB(n)RB^{(n)}RB(n) is its nnn-fold iterate. Finally, Λ(R)=I−[T(R)]−1R\Lambda(R)=I-[T(R)]^{-1}RΛ(R)=I−[T(R)]−1R.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (global robust stability)

There exist a norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ on RN\mathbb R^{\mathcal N}RN and a constant 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 such that

∥RB(p^)−RB(p~)∥≤γ∥p^−p~∥(p^,p~≥0),\|RB(\hat p)-RB(\tilde p)\|\le\gamma\|\hat p-\tilde p\|\quad(\hat p,\tilde p\ge 0),∥RB(p^​)−RB(p~​)∥≤γ∥p^​−p~​∥(p^​,p~​≥0), ∥RB(n)(p)−(p∗∣w)∥≤γn∥p−(p∗∣w)∥,lim⁡n→∞RB(n)(p)=(p∗∣w)(p≥0).\|RB^{(n)}(p)-(p^*|w)\|\le\gamma^n\|p-(p^*|w)\|,\qquad \lim_{n\to\infty}RB^{(n)}(p)=(p^*|w)\quad(p\ge 0).∥RB(n)(p)−(p∗∣w)∥≤γn∥p−(p∗∣w)∥,n→∞lim​RB(n)(p)=(p∗∣w)(p≥0).

Neither the norm nor γ\gammaγ is fixed, because the paper asserts only that they exist.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own proof:

  • Lemma 1: RBRBRB is well defined.
  • The proof of Theorem 2: the projection LCP has a unique, nonnegative solution.
  • Theorem 2: (p∗∣w)(p^*|w)(p∗∣w) is a fixed point of RBRBRB.
  • Lemma B.1(a), (c), (e), (f), (g): the M-matrix lemmas.
  • Lemma 2: the per-firm comparison of robust best responses.
  • Three claims from the proof of Theorem 3(a):
    • the componentwise bound ∣RB(p^)−RB(p~)∣≤Λ(R)∣p^−p~∣|RB(\hat p)-RB(\tilde p)|\le\Lambda(R)|\hat p-\tilde p|∣RB(p^​)−RB(p~​)∣≤Λ(R)∣p^​−p~​∣;
    • Λ(R)≥0\Lambda(R)\ge 0Λ(R)≥0 with spectral radius ρ(Λ(R))<1\rho(\Lambda(R))<1ρ(Λ(R))<1;
    • for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, an absolute norm whose induced norm satisfies ∥Λ(R)∥≤ρ(Λ(R))+ε\|\Lambda(R)\|\le\rho(\Lambda(R))+\varepsilon∥Λ(R)∥≤ρ(Λ(R))+ε.

Significance

Theorem 3 makes the special equilibrium an operational prediction. Firms that adjust prices myopically, each using only its own demand and cost information, converge to (p∗∣w)(p^*|w)(p∗∣w) from any start. The convergence is geometric, so the number of rounds needed to come within ϵ\epsilonϵ grows only logarithmically in the initial distance. This holds although the game is not supermodular and can have infinitely many equilibria, so the lattice-theoretic stability results that cover supermodular games do not apply. Theorem 2 also identifies which of the possibly many equilibria the dynamics select.

The result is proved in the paper, but it has not been formalized. A machine-checked version has two parts: a model layer (affine multi-product demand, the cost projection, robust best responses), and an M-matrix layer (Lemma B.1: inverse-positivity, Schur complements of inverse M-matrices, spectral radius bounds). Mathlib has neither. The proof also rests on results that the paper cites without proof: Propositions 2 and 3 of Federgruen and Hu (2015), and Theorem 4(b) and Lemma B.2(d) of Federgruen and Hu (2016). A formalization has to supply them. In one place the proof cites Horn and Johnson (1985, Lemma 5.6.10) for an absolute norm close to the spectral radius. As stated there, that lemma does not give absoluteness for general matrices: (11−1−1)\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\-1&-1\end{pmatrix}(1−1​1−1​) has spectral radius 000, but every absolute norm gives it induced norm at least 111. The claim holds for the nonnegative matrix Λ(R)\Lambda(R)Λ(R), and the corresponding milestone is stated for that matrix only.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to show that RBRBRB is a contraction in the sup norm and invoke Banach's fixed-point theorem. This fails: ∥Λ(R)∥∞\|\Lambda(R)\|_\infty∥Λ(R)∥∞​ can exceed 111 even though ρ(Λ(R))<1\rho(\Lambda(R))<1ρ(Λ(R))<1, and the bound ∣RB(p^)−RB(p~)∣≤Λ(R)∣p^−p~∣|RB(\hat p)-RB(\tilde p)|\le\Lambda(R)|\hat p-\tilde p|∣RB(p^​)−RB(p~​)∣≤Λ(R)∣p^​−p~​∣ is all the structure gives. The norm must be adapted to Λ(R)\Lambda(R)Λ(R) and must also be absolute, so that the componentwise bound transfers. The per-firm estimate behind that bound (Lemma 2) is itself not a Lipschitz estimate for an explicit formula. The robust best response is the solution of a constrained quadratic program whose active set changes with the competitors' prices, and the comparison goes through a componentwise minimum pˇ=min⁡{p^,p~}\check p=\min\{\hat p,\tilde p\}pˇ​=min{p^​,p~​} and monotonicity in the intercept. Separately, the fixed-point property needs the cost projection Θ(w)\Theta(w)Θ(w), an LCP whose unique solvability and nonnegativity depend on (IS).

Formalization scope

Products form a finite type ι and firms a type F, with firm : ι → F assigning each product to its firm. Vectors are ι → ℝ with the pointwise order. Matrices are Matrix ι ι ℝ, and every matrix inequality is entrywise. The commitments are:

  • (P) is ∀ x ≠ 0, 0 < x ⬝ᵥ R *ᵥ x, not Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef, which would add global symmetry.
  • The special equilibrium (p∗∣w)(p^*|w)(p∗∣w) is written through any solution w′w'w′ of the LCP (12)–(14). The paper says this form is valid for all w>0w>0w>0. A milestone proves that the solution exists, is unique, and is nonnegative.
  • The robust best response is a relation, "qqq is a robust best response to ppp", with the feasibility constraint of (8) built in. Lemma 1 makes it single-valued. Part (b) of the goal is stated for every robust best-response sequence started at p0≥0p^0\ge 0p0≥0.
  • "A norm on RN\mathbb R^{\mathcal N}RN" is a seminorm that vanishes only at 000.
  • The spectral radius is that of the matrix viewed over C\mathbb CC, so complex eigenvalues count.
  • Matrix inverses use Mathlib's ⁻¹. Every inverted matrix is invertible under the hypotheses.

No trivializing reading is available. The norm must be definite, the robust best response keeps its feasibility constraint and is never defined by a closed form, and the convergence statement holds for every iterate. A sorry-free sanity check confirms that the standing assumptions, the cost projection and the fixed-point relation are all satisfiable on a two-firm example.

The following results are not formalized here:

  • Theorem 1 and Proposition 1, which characterize the set of Nash equilibria and the existence of (p∗∣w)(p^*|w)(p∗∣w) under the full LCP-extended demand. They are independent of the goal.
  • Example 1, Lemma B.2, Lemma C.1 and Proposition 2 of Appendix D.

Contributions that would be reusable beyond this mission include:

  • a general M-matrix library (inverse-positivity, Schur complements, Perron–Frobenius bounds);
  • uniqueness for P-matrix LCPs;
  • the existence of absolute norms close to the spectral radius for nonnegative matrices.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen, M. Hu, Technical Note—Global Robust Stability in a General Price and Assortment Competition Model, Operations Research 69(1) 164–174, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2020.2001 (submitted manuscript: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3010503)
  • A. Federgruen, M. Hu, Multi-Product Price and Assortment Competition, Operations Research 63(3) 572–584, 2015.
  • A. Federgruen, M. Hu, Sequential Multiproduct Price Competition in Supply Chain Networks, Operations Research 64(1) 135–149, 2016.
  • R. A. Horn, C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1985; Topics in Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1991.
  • I. N. Imam, The Schur complement and the inverse M-matrix problem, Linear Algebra and its Applications 62 235–240, 1984.
  • T. W. McGuire, R. Staelin, An industry equilibrium analysis of downstream vertical integration, Marketing Science 27(1) 115–130, 2008 (reprint of Marketing Science 2(2), 1983).
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum computation, quantum state engineering, and quantum phase transitions driven by dissipation: The DQC Liouvillian Has a Unique Steady State Encoding the Circuit and a Gap Above 1/T²Research Paper

Motivation

A quantum circuit normally applies a sequence of gates to a prepared state. Verstraete, Wolf and Cirac proposed a different physical route: couple a quantum system to a memoryless environment so that dissipation drives it toward a state recording the circuit's computation. Their dissipative quantum computation construction places a clock beside the computational qubits and makes the circuit history a stationary state of a time independent master equation. A useful process must have a well identified stationary state and a rate of relaxation that does not collapse with the number of qubits or with the chosen gates. The paper argues for these properties in its DQC section and its efficiency appendix (Verstraete, Wolf and Cirac, 2008, pp. 1–2, 4–5).

The printed spectral gap formula and part of its supporting clock block do not describe the slowest decay of the stated generator. Direct finite dimensional calculations reveal a slower coherence sector. This mission therefore targets the stated stationary state and a corrected, explicitly ranged version of the paper's lower bound. The discrepancies and boundary cases are recorded in the formalization scope so that the target is a mathematical claim about the displayed Lindblad operators rather than an unchecked transcription.

Setting

Fix N≥0N\geq 0N≥0 qubits and T≥0T\geq 0T≥0 circuit steps. A computational basis string is a function from the NNN qubit positions to {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. The clock register has basis ∣t⟩|t\rangle∣t⟩ for t=0,…,Tt=0,\ldots,Tt=0,…,T. A family of unitary gates U1,…,UTU_1,\ldots,U_TU1​,…,UT​ acts on the qubit register. Its history vectors are ∣ψ0⟩=∣0⋯0⟩|\psi_0\rangle=|0\cdots0\rangle∣ψ0​⟩=∣0⋯0⟩ and ∣ψt⟩=Ut⋯U1∣0⋯0⟩|\psi_t\rangle=U_t\cdots U_1|0\cdots0\rangle∣ψt​⟩=Ut​⋯U1​∣0⋯0⟩.

A jump operator resets qubit iii only when the clock is at zero: Li=∣0⟩i⟨1∣⊗∣0⟩⟨0∣L_i=|0\rangle_i\langle1|\otimes|0\rangle\langle0|Li​=∣0⟩i​⟨1∣⊗∣0⟩⟨0∣. For each neighboring clock pair, another jump operator moves in both directions, applying the relevant gate on the forward move and its adjoint on the reverse move. The Lindblad generator is the linear map on matrices

L(ρ)=∑k(LkρLk†−12(Lk†Lkρ+ρLk†Lk)).\mathcal L(\rho)=\sum_k\left(L_k\rho L_k^\dagger-\frac12(L_k^\dagger L_k\rho+\rho L_k^\dagger L_k)\right).L(ρ)=k∑​(Lk​ρLk†​−21​(Lk†​Lk​ρ+ρLk†​Lk​)).

There is no Hamiltonian term. The proposed history state is the normalized density matrix

ρ0=1T+1∑t=0T∣ψt⟩⟨ψt∣⊗∣t⟩⟨t∣.\rho_0=\frac1{T+1}\sum_{t=0}^{T}|\psi_t\rangle\langle\psi_t|\otimes|t\rangle\langle t|.ρ0​=T+11​t=0∑T​∣ψt​⟩⟨ψt​∣⊗∣t⟩⟨t∣.

These are equations (1)–(4) of the paper, with the clock step index repaired as described below. The appendix introduces a gate removal unitary WWW, a connected clock path matrix L00L_{00}L00​, and clock blocks with a penalty at time zero. Their spectra lead to the uniqueness and decay claims (paper, pp. 2, 4–5).

Formalization targets

Main goal

For every N≥0N\geq0N≥0, T≥2T\geq2T≥2, and family of unitary gates, prove that L(ρ0)=0\mathcal L(\rho_0)=0L(ρ0​)=0, that ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ is positive semidefinite with trace one, and that the full kernel of L\mathcal LL consists of scalar multiples of ρ0\rho_0ρ0​. For T≥5T\geq5T≥5, prove additionally that every nonzero eigenvalue μ\muμ satisfies

Re⁡(μ)<−1T2.\operatorname{Re}(\mu)<-\frac1{T^2}.Re(μ)<−T21​.

The bound applies uniformly across the number of qubits and the circuit gates. It is the corrected form of the efficiency conclusion on p. 5. The goal does not assert the printed formula Δ=π2/(2T+3)2\Delta=\pi^2/(2T+3)^2Δ=π2/(2T+3)2, which is contradicted by the slowest coherence sector (paper, pp. 2, 5).

Supporting targets

The milestones first establish stationarity and removal of the circuit gates by WWW. They then target the one dimensional fixed space for identity gates, the first nonzero eigenvalue of the connected clock path, the penalized clock blocks, and the full generator's bound for identity gates. This follows the sequence of reductions described in the efficiency appendix while retaining the paper's exact clock constants where they are valid (paper, pp. 4–5).

Significance

The kernel statement identifies every stationary matrix, a stronger assertion than merely finding one stationary density matrix. The eigenvalue bound supplies a uniform spectral scale for the finite dimensional generator, independent of the circuit content. Together these make precise the part of dissipative computation that says the intended history is singled out and spectrally separated from other modes. A convergence time theorem would also have to control Jordan blocks or the operator semigroup and is outside this target; the paper itself notes this separate issue on p. 5 (paper, p. 5).

Formalizing the corrected claim creates a reusable finite matrix representation of a Lindblad generator and a circuit clock, plus independently usable path and boundary penalty spectral statements. The paper result is known in physics prose; these exact Lean statements are open proof goals in this proposal. The correction also prevents later arguments from importing a spectral equality that does not hold for the displayed process.

Difficulty

The gate operators couple the qubit register to the clock, so diagonalizing a clock matrix alone does not describe the generator. Even after the gates are removed, the Liouvillian acts on matrices, including coherences between two qubit states and two clock times. The decay of a one sided coherence at clock zero carries half the penalty of a population term. Reading every nonzero sector as if it had the population penalty produces the printed gap value and misses the slowest mode. The clock path also has to retain the first edge and its endpoint diagonal entries; omitting that edge changes the spectrum.

Formalization scope

Lean uses matrices indexed by NNN bit strings paired with the finite clock {0,…,T}\{0,\ldots,T\}{0,…,T}, and a complex linear endomorphism on those matrices. Gates are quantified as unitary matrices; they may act on all qubits, whereas the paper starts with nearest neighbor gates. The appendix's spectral argument is independent of that locality, so this is a disclosed generalization. The model also permits N=0N=0N=0. Gates use zero based indexing: Lean's U(t)U(t)U(t) is the paper's Ut+1U_{t+1}Ut+1​ and acts on the step t→t+1t\to t+1t→t+1. This repairs equation (3), which otherwise calls for both an undefined U0U_0U0​ and an out of range clock state ∣T+1⟩|T+1\rangle∣T+1⟩.

Uniqueness is restricted to T≥2T\geq2T≥2: at T=1T=1T=1 an additional clock coherence is stationary. The strict 1/T21/T^21/T2 bound is restricted to T≥5T\geq5T≥5: direct diagonalization shows it fails for T=1,2,3,4T=1,2,3,4T=1,2,3,4. The paper's printed corner coefficient −2-2−2 is correct for a population sector, but a one sided coherence has coefficient −3/2-3/2−3/2. A milestone states the valid printed matrix fact and the corrected bound for all clock zero penalties a≥1/2a\geq1/2a≥1/2. The connected path matrix follows the displayed spectral formula rather than the printed tridiagonal sum whose range omits the first edge.

The generator is defined from the jump operators by equation (1). It is not defined from the desired block decomposition or eigenvalues. The spectral assertion quantifies over actual nonzero complex eigenvalues and compares their real parts directly; no default valued infimum defines a gap. Work toward the mission may supply matrix identities, unitary covariance, tridiagonal spectra, or a direct finite dimensional analysis of the generator. The generic finite matrix Lindblad definition can be reused independently of this circuit model.

Selected references

  • Frank Verstraete, Michael M. Wolf, and J. Ignacio Cirac, Quantum computation, quantum state engineering, and quantum phase transitions driven by dissipation, arXiv:0803.1447v2, 2008; later Nature Physics 5, 633–636 (2009). Pinned preprint.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AlgebraCategory Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Higher-Dimensional Algebra VI: Lie 2-Algebras: The Category of Semistrict Lie 2-Algebras Is Equivalent to the Category of 2-Term L∞-AlgebrasResearch Paper

Motivation

An ordinary Lie algebra has a vector space and an antisymmetric bracket satisfying the Jacobi identity. In a Lie 2-algebra, the vectors become the objects of a linear category, and the Jacobi identity is witnessed by a morphism called the Jacobiator. This lets the Jacobi identity hold coherently rather than as a strict equation. Baez and Crans developed this notion to make the relation between categorified Lie algebra structures and short chain complexes precise (Baez–Crans, §§3–4). The result of interest here is their equivalence between semistrict Lie 2-algebras and two-term L∞L_\inftyL∞​-algebras, Theorem 36.

Setting

A 2-vector space is a category internal to vector spaces over a field kkk: its objects V0V_0V0​ and morphisms V1V_1V1​ are vector spaces; source sss, target ttt, identity iii, and composition are linear. Composition is read in diagrammatic order, so fgfgfg means first fff, then ggg. The identity laws require s(i(x))=t(i(x))=xs(i(x))=t(i(x))=xs(i(x))=t(i(x))=x. Lemma 6 shows that linearity forces the composition of composable fff and ggg to be

fg=f+g−i(t(f)).fg=f+g-i(t(f)).fg=f+g−i(t(f)).

The arrow part of fff is f⃗=f−i(s(f))∈ker⁡s\vec f=f-i(s(f))\in\ker sf​=f−i(s(f))∈kers. It remembers the displacement of fff after its source is translated to zero. A 2-vector space can therefore be compared with the two-term complex ker⁡s→tV0\ker s\xrightarrow{t}V_0kerst​V0​. Conversely, a complex C1→dC0C_1\xrightarrow{d}C_0C1​d​C0​ gives arrows (x,h)∈C0⊕C1(x,h)\in C_0\oplus C_1(x,h)∈C0​⊕C1​ with source xxx, target x+dhx+d hx+dh, and identity (x,0)(x,0)(x,0) (Baez–Crans, Proposition 8).

A semistrict Lie 2-algebra is a 2-vector space with a skew-symmetric bilinear bracket functor and a completely antisymmetric trilinear natural isomorphism

Jx,y,z:[[x,y],z]⟶[x,[y,z]]+[[x,z],y].J_{x,y,z}: [[x,y],z]\longrightarrow[x,[y,z]]+[[x,z],y].Jx,y,z​:[[x,y],z]⟶[x,[y,z]]+[[x,z],y].

The Jacobiator obeys the Jacobiator identity, an equality between two composites of morphisms through the octagon in Definition 22. A homomorphism FFF is a linear functor equipped with a bilinear natural transformation F2(x,y):[F0x,F0y]→F0[x,y]F_2(x,y):[F_0x,F_0y]\to F_0[x,y]F2​(x,y):[F0​x,F0​y]→F0​[x,y] satisfying Definition 23’s square. The resulting one-cell category is Lie2Alg\mathrm{Lie2Alg}Lie2Alg (Baez–Crans, pp. 18–21).

A 2-term L∞L_\inftyL∞​-algebra has vector spaces V1,V0V_1,V_0V1​,V0​, a differential d:V1→V0d:V_1\to V_0d:V1​→V0​, brackets l2l_2l2​ of degrees adding to at most one, and a trilinear map l3:V03→V1l_3:V_0^3\to V_1l3​:V03​→V1​. Its equations are precisely (a)–(i) of Lemma 33. In particular, d(l3)d(l_3)d(l3​) measures the failure of the ordinary Jacobi identity, and equation (i) is its four-input coherence law. Homomorphisms φ=(φ0,φ1,φ2)\varphi=(\varphi_0,\varphi_1,\varphi_2)φ=(φ0​,φ1​,φ2​) are chain maps with a skew bilinear comparison map satisfying all three equations of Definition 34. They form 2TermL∞\mathrm{2Term}L_\infty2TermL∞​ (Baez–Crans, pp. 28–30).

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 36, an equivalence of the two one-cell categories:

Lie2Alg≃2TermL∞.\mathrm{Lie2Alg}\simeq\mathrm{2Term}L_\infty.Lie2Alg≃2TermL∞​.

The milestone path begins with Lemma 6’s forced composition law. Proposition 8 states the underlying linear equivalence 2Vect≃2Term\mathrm{2Vect}\simeq\mathrm{2Term}2Vect≃2Term, and the 2-cell part of Theorem 12 identifies linear natural transformations between linear functors with chain homotopies between the corresponding chain maps, through their arrow parts. Propositions 25 and 35 establish identity, composition, and associativity for the homomorphisms on each side. Equation (3) reconciles the two expressions for the bracket of morphisms under the construction TTT. The proof of Theorem 36 then supplies TTT on objects and morphisms and the reverse construction SSS. The goal additionally requires functoriality and natural isomorphisms, which the paper asks the reader to check or construct (Baez–Crans, pp. 30–36).

Significance

The equivalence says that the categorical and chain-complex descriptions carry the same one-cell algebraic information. It permits constructions expressed with morphisms, functors, and a Jacobiator to be studied with a differential and higher brackets, and conversely. Later classifications of skeletal Lie 2-algebras in the paper use the two-term viewpoint (Baez–Crans, §§5–6).

Theorem 36 is proved in the cited paper; the machine-checked proof is the work this mission seeks. The local files compile the definitions and open theorem statements, and a sorry-free check exhibits nonzero carriers satisfying the principal structures. The milestones expose the individual obligations that a complete Lean proof must discharge. This mission does not claim a formal proof of the result or of the stronger 2-categorical statement.

Difficulty

A bilinear bracket on objects and morphisms is not enough to define a bracket functor: it must preserve source, target, identity, and simultaneous composition. In the TTT direction, two ways of decomposing a pair of morphisms suggest different bracket formulas. Their equality is equation (3), using Lemma 33(f). In the SSS direction, the interaction of two degree-one elements comes from the bracket functor’s preservation of a commuting square. The Jacobiator’s naturality and octagon must then correspond to the remaining L∞L_\inftyL∞​ identities. Finally, the constructions must act on homomorphisms and yield natural isomorphisms of functors (Baez–Crans, pp. 31–36).

Formalization scope

The field kkk has characteristic different from two in Theorem 36 and its §4.3 milestones, matching the standing assumption on p. 27. The §3 and §4.1 results retain the paper’s broader field convention. All vector spaces are unrestricted in dimension. A 2-vector space stores V0,V1,s,t,iV_0,V_1,s,t,iV0​,V1​,s,t,i and defines its composition by Lemma 6. A 2-term L∞L_\inftyL∞​-algebra is represented directly by Lemma 33(a)–(i), with [h,x]=−[x,h][h,x]=-[x,h][h,x]=−[x,h] and [h,k]=0[h,k]=0[h,k]=0; the general graded Definition 32 is outside scope.

The two categories are represented by raw object and morphism data with explicit predicates for lawful homomorphisms. An equivalence consists of functors preserving lawful morphisms, identities, and composites, together with natural isomorphisms in both directions. This representation keeps Propositions 25 and 35 as proof obligations and expresses the one-categorical content of Theorem 36. The stronger Theorem 39 asserts a 2-equivalence, but its 2-cell work is left without proof in the source and is not the goal here.

The Lie 2-algebra side retains the bracket’s functoriality on composable morphisms, the full naturality square, and the Jacobiator octagon. Its coherence is not replaced by Lemma 33’s equations: doing so would collapse the goal into a comparison of two copies of the same definition. The infrastructure for two-term complexes, 2-vector spaces, raw categories, curried multilinear maps, and their homomorphisms is reusable. Of Theorem 12 only the 2-cell correspondence is stated; the 2-functoriality of S,TS,TS,T and the 2-naturality of the comparison isomorphisms are not. Of Proposition 25 only the one-cell category laws are stated; the 2-homomorphisms of Definition 24 are not. A formalization in which the Lie 2-algebra side is defined by arrow-part equations, or in which the equivalence omits the natural isomorphisms or the category laws, would trivialize the goal and is excluded. Contributions proving the displayed category laws, the SSS and TTT constructions, their functoriality, and the two natural isomorphisms are welcome.

Selected references

  • John C. Baez and Alissa S. Crans, Higher-Dimensional Algebra VI: Lie 2-Algebras, arXiv:math/0307263v6, 2010 preprint. arXiv
  • John C. Baez and Alissa S. Crans, Higher-Dimensional Algebra VI: Lie 2-Algebras, Theory and Applications of Categories 12 (2004), 492–538 (journal version; theorem numbers in this mission follow the arXiv v6). TAC
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryMathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

Geometrization of Quantum Mechanics: The Unitary Momentum Map Pulls Back the Lie and Jordan Tensors of the Observables to the Kähler Structure of Hilbert SpaceResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum mechanics is usually written in linear-algebraic terms: states are vectors of a complex Hilbert space, observables are Hermitian operators, and expectation values pair the two. Classical mechanics is written geometrically: states form a symplectic manifold, observables are functions on it, and dynamics is a Hamiltonian flow. A line of work starting with Kibble (1979) and continued by Cirelli, Lanzavecchia, Heslot, Ashtekar–Schilling (arXiv:gr-qc/9706069) and Brody–Hughston (arXiv:quant-ph/9906086) recasts quantum mechanics in the classical language: the Hilbert space, seen as a real manifold, carries a Kähler structure (a symplectic form, a Euclidean metric and a compatible complex structure), and observables become real quadratic functions on it.

Cariñena, Clemente-Gallardo and Marmo (arXiv:math-ph/0701053v2) organise this correspondence around one map, the momentum map of the unitary group acting on Hilbert space. The algebra of observables carries two products, a Lie product (the commutator) and a Jordan product (the anticommutator). The paper's Proposition 5 states that the momentum map carries both products, read as tensors on the dual of the unitary Lie algebra, to the symplectic and Euclidean parts of the Kähler structure of Hilbert space. This mission formalizes that statement in finite dimension.

Setting

Fix n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N and let H=Cn\mathcal H=\mathbb C^nH=Cn, with ⟨ψ∣ϕ⟩=∑kψk‾ϕk\langle\psi|\phi\rangle=\sum_k\overline{\psi_k}\phi_k⟨ψ∣ϕ⟩=∑k​ψk​​ϕk​. The space of observables O\mathcal OO is the real vector space of Hermitian n×nn\times nn×n complex matrices. On it the paper defines:

  • the isomorphism α(A)=iA\alpha(A)=iAα(A)=iA onto the Lie algebra u(n)\mathfrak u(n)u(n) of anti-Hermitian matrices, eq. (2);
  • the Lie product [A,B]−=α−1(α(A)α(B)−α(B)α(A))=i(AB−BA)[A,B]_-=\alpha^{-1}(\alpha(A)\alpha(B)-\alpha(B)\alpha(A))=i(AB-BA)[A,B]−​=α−1(α(A)α(B)−α(B)α(A))=i(AB−BA), eq. (3);
  • the scalar product ⟨A,B⟩=12Tr⁡(AB)\langle A,B\rangle=\tfrac12\operatorname{Tr}(AB)⟨A,B⟩=21​Tr(AB), eq. (4);
  • the Jordan product A∘B=12(AB+BA)A\circ B=\tfrac12(AB+BA)A∘B=21​(AB+BA), eq. (6).

Through (4), the dual u∗(n)\mathfrak u^*(n)u∗(n) is identified with Hermitian matrices ξ\xiξ. Each observable AAA gives a linear function A^(ξ)=12Tr⁡(ξA)\widehat A(\xi)=\tfrac12\operatorname{Tr}(\xi A)A(ξ)=21​Tr(ξA). On u∗(n)\mathfrak u^*(n)u∗(n) the paper defines the Lie–Poisson tensor (11), Λ(dA^,dB^)(ξ)=i2Tr⁡ ξ(α(A)α(B)−α(B)α(A))\Lambda(d\widehat A,d\widehat B)(\xi)=\tfrac i2\operatorname{Tr}\,\xi(\alpha(A)\alpha(B)-\alpha(B)\alpha(A))Λ(dA,dB)(ξ)=2i​Trξ(α(A)α(B)−α(B)α(A)), and the Jordan tensor (12), R(ξ)(dA^,dB^)=12Tr⁡ ξ(AB+BA)\mathcal R(\xi)(d\widehat A,d\widehat B)=\tfrac12\operatorname{Tr}\,\xi(AB+BA)R(ξ)(dA,dB)=21​Trξ(AB+BA).

On the Hilbert space side, use real coordinates zk=qk+ipkz_k=q_k+ip_kzk​=qk​+ipk​. Every complex matrix AAA defines the quadratic function fA(ψ)=12⟨ψ∣Aψ⟩f_A(\psi)=\tfrac12\langle\psi|A\psi\ranglefA​(ψ)=21​⟨ψ∣Aψ⟩. The canonical Poisson bracket is {f,g}=∑k(∂qkf ∂pkg−∂pkf ∂qkg)\{f,g\}=\sum_k(\partial_{q_k}f\,\partial_{p_k}g-\partial_{p_k}f\,\partial_{q_k}g){f,g}=∑k​(∂qk​​f∂pk​​g−∂pk​​f∂qk​​g), and the contravariant Euclidean structure is G=∑k(∂qk⊗∂qk+∂pk⊗∂pk)G=\sum_k(\partial_{q_k}\otimes\partial_{q_k}+\partial_{p_k}\otimes\partial_{p_k})G=∑k​(∂qk​​⊗∂qk​​+∂pk​​⊗∂pk​​). The momentum map is

μ:Cn→u∗(n),μ(ψ)=ρψ=∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣.\mu:\mathbb C^n\to\mathfrak u^*(n),\qquad \mu(\psi)=\rho_\psi=|\psi\rangle\langle\psi| .μ:Cn→u∗(n),μ(ψ)=ρψ​=∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5 (p. 12)

For Hermitian A,BA,BA,B and every ψ∈Cn\psi\in\mathbb C^nψ∈Cn:

A^(μ(ψ))=fA(ψ),{fA,fB}(ψ)=Λ(dA^,dB^)(μ(ψ)),G(dfA,dfB)(ψ)=R(μ(ψ))(dA^,dB^).\widehat A(\mu(\psi))=f_A(\psi),\qquad \{f_A,f_B\}(\psi)=\Lambda(d\widehat A,d\widehat B)(\mu(\psi)),\qquad G(df_A,df_B)(\psi)=\mathcal R(\mu(\psi))(d\widehat A,d\widehat B).A(μ(ψ))=fA​(ψ),{fA​,fB​}(ψ)=Λ(dA,dB)(μ(ψ)),G(dfA​,dfB​)(ψ)=R(μ(ψ))(dA,dB).

In the paper's notation: μ∗(A^)=fA\mu^*(\widehat A)=f_Aμ∗(A)=fA​, μ∗({A^,B^})={fA,fB}\mu^*(\{\widehat A,\widehat B\})=\{f_A,f_B\}μ∗({A,B})={fA​,fB​} and μ∗(R(dA^,dB^))=G(μ∗(dA^),μ∗(dB^))\mu^*(\mathcal R(d\widehat A,d\widehat B))=G(\mu^*(d\widehat A),\mu^*(d\widehat B))μ∗(R(dA,dB))=G(μ∗(dA),μ∗(dB)).

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 12): fAf_AfA​ is real-valued for all ψ\psiψ if and only if AAA is Hermitian.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 4), in two parts:
    • [⋅,⋅]−[\cdot,\cdot]_-[⋅,⋅]−​ makes O\mathcal OO a real Lie algebra, isomorphic to u(n)\mathfrak u(n)u(n) through α\alphaα;
    • 12Tr⁡(AB)\tfrac12\operatorname{Tr}(AB)21​Tr(AB) is a real, symmetric, positive definite scalar product, invariant under A↦UAU†A\mapsto UAU^\daggerA↦UAU†.
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 5): (O,∘)(\mathcal O,\circ)(O,∘) is a Jordan algebra.
  4. Proposition 1 (p. 5): the scalar product is invariant for both products (7), and ad−\mathrm{ad}_-ad−​ is a derivation of ∘\circ∘ (8).
  5. Lemma 3 (p. 5): O\mathcal OO is a Jordan–Lie algebra. This means the Lie and Jordan algebra axioms hold, (8) holds together with the associator identity (9), (A∘B)∘C−A∘(B∘C)=14ℏ[[A,C]−,B]−(A\circ B)\circ C-A\circ(B\circ C)=\tfrac14\hbar[[A,C]_-,B]_-(A∘B)∘C−A∘(B∘C)=41​ℏ[[A,C]−​,B]−​, here with ℏ=1\hbar=1ℏ=1.
  6. Equivariance (§3.1.1, p. 11): μ\muμ takes values in u∗(n)\mathfrak u^*(n)u∗(n) and μ(Uψ)=Uμ(ψ)U†\mu(U\psi)=U\mu(\psi)U^\daggerμ(Uψ)=Uμ(ψ)U† for unitary UUU.

Significance

Proposition 5 says that the algebra of observables can be read off Hilbert space geometrically:

  • commutators of observables become Poisson brackets of their expectation-value functions;
  • anticommutators become the metric pairing of their gradients.

This is the dictionary behind geometric treatments of the Schrödinger equation as a Hamiltonian flow. It also underlies variance and uncertainty relations written through the metric, and the reduction to projective space and density states that the paper discusses in §§2.5 and 4. The paper presents it as an alternative to the GNS construction for pure states.

The paper's proof is "Direct verification", and Lemmas 1–3 and Proposition 1 are classical facts about Hermitian matrices. No step is open. What the mission adds is a machine-checked version with every normalisation pinned, as listed in Formalization scope:

  • the factors ½ in (4), (6) and fAf_AfA​;
  • the factor i/2i/2i/2 in (11);
  • ℏ=1\hbar=1ℏ=1 in (9).

The paper uses both the Hermitian picture (3), (4), (6) and the anti-Hermitian picture (5), (11). The formal statement fixes the signs and factors needed to read their relation precisely. The prior-art search for this mission found no published Prove2Me statement with the same finite-dimensional objects and conclusion.

Difficulty

The algebraic milestones are short computations once the definitions are unfolded. The work concentrates in the goal, whose two sides live in different worlds.

The left side is built from real partial derivatives of real-valued functions on Cn\mathbb C^nCn, viewed as R2n\mathbb R^{2n}R2n. Its derivatives must be computed in the directions eke_kek​ and iekie_kiek​ and then recombined into complex inner products.

The right side is a trace of a product of matrices with the rank-one matrix ∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣.

The difficulty is that the derivative formulas use real coordinates while the tensor formulas use complex matrix products and traces. Their normalizations and sign conventions must agree at the level of the full identity, including the iii in α(A)\alpha(A)α(A) and the factors of 12\tfrac1221​ in the quadratic functions.

Replacing the derivative-defined brackets by their closed forms would make the goal trivial and is not permitted, see below.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in one definitions module in the namespace GeomQM.MomentumMap, over Mathlib's Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℂ and vectors Fin n → ℂ.

Committed conventions.

  • Observables carry an explicit IsHermitian hypothesis. Lemma 5 is about an arbitrary complex matrix, and equivariance needs no hypothesis. n=0n=0n=0 is allowed, since every statement then holds trivially, as in the paper.
  • ∂/∂qk\partial/\partial q_k∂/∂qk​ and ∂/∂pk\partial/\partial p_k∂/∂pk​ are fderiv ℝ applied to Pi.single k 1 and Pi.single k I. This is the paper's zk=qk+ipkz_k=q_k+ip_kzk​=qk​+ipk​.
  • fAf_AfA​ is defined as the complex number 12⟨ψ∣Aψ⟩\tfrac12\langle\psi|A\psi\rangle21​⟨ψ∣Aψ⟩, and the real function used in the goal is its real part. Lemma 5 is stated on the complex value, so that it is not vacuous.
  • u∗(n)\mathfrak u^*(n)u∗(n) is the space of Hermitian matrices. A^\widehat AA uses the pairing (4), 12Tr⁡(ξA)\tfrac12\operatorname{Tr}(\xi A)21​Tr(ξA), not the pairing (5), which differs by a factor iii on α(A)\alpha(A)α(A) and would change the sign.
  • Λ\LambdaΛ is (11) applied literally to α(A),α(B)\alpha(A),\alpha(B)α(A),α(B). The shortcut [A,B]−^\widehat{[A,B]_-}[A,B]−​​ has the opposite sign.
  • R\mathcal RR is the right-most expression of (12).
  • The real-valued tensors take the real part of trace expressions that are real for Hermitian arguments.
  • The second bracket {f1,f2}+\{f_1,f_2\}_+{f1​,f2​}+​ displayed on p. 12 is not used, because Proposition 5 names GGG.

Ruled out. The brackets on Cn\mathbb C^nCn are defined through real derivatives of arbitrary functions, never as f−i[A,B]f_{-i[A,B]}f−i[A,B]​ or fAB+BAf_{AB+BA}fAB+BA​. The tensors on u∗(n)\mathfrak u^*(n)u∗(n) are trace formulas, never rewritten as quadratic functions of ψ\psiψ. Either shortcut would make bullets 2 and 3 hold by definition.

Not in scope. The following are not formalized:

  • Propositions 2–4: the Poisson structure on all of O∗\mathcal O^*O∗, Lie derivatives of R\mathcal RR, and generalized distributions;
  • Lemma 4: linear dynamics preserving both products;
  • the Rayleigh-quotient statements of §3.4;
  • the projective-space material of §4.

Welcome contributions. Proofs of the milestones and of the goal, and general lemmas that would be reusable beyond this mission:

  • derivative formulas for real quadratic forms on Fin n → ℂ;
  • the identity Tr⁡(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣M)=⟨ψ∣Mψ⟩\operatorname{Tr}(|\psi\rangle\langle\psi|M)=\langle\psi|M\psi\rangleTr(∣ψ⟩⟨ψ∣M)=⟨ψ∣Mψ⟩.

Selected references

  • J. F. Cariñena, J. Clemente-Gallardo, G. Marmo, Geometrization of Quantum Mechanics, arXiv preprint, 2007 (v2). https://arxiv.org/abs/math-ph/0701053v2
  • T. W. B. Kibble, Geometrization of quantum mechanics, Communications in Mathematical Physics 65, 189–201, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01225149
  • A. Ashtekar, T. A. Schilling, Geometrical formulation of quantum mechanics, in On Einstein's Path, Springer, 1998. https://arxiv.org/abs/gr-qc/9706069
  • D. C. Brody, L. P. Hughston, Geometric quantum mechanics, Journal of Geometry and Physics 38, 19–53, 2001. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9906086
  • J. Grabowski, M. Kuś, G. Marmo, Geometry of quantum systems: density states and entanglement, Journal of Physics A 38, 10217–10244, 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/math-ph/0507045
  • N. P. Landsman, Mathematical Topics Between Classical and Quantum Mechanics, Springer Monographs in Mathematics, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1680-3
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Information TheoryQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Classical capacity of fermionic product channels: An Explicit Formula for the Gaussian Capacity, Which Equals the One-Shot Capacity for n ≤ 2Research Paper

Motivation

Sending classical messages through a quantum device requires choosing input states that remain distinguishable after noise. The one-shot classical capacity measures the best information rate when each channel use is signaled with a separate input state. For many channels the optimization is difficult because it ranges over all ensembles of quantum states. Fermionic systems provide a finite-dimensional setting in which the noise has a direct description on elementary operators, but the optimal signaling states still need not be obvious. Bravyi's 2005 paper isolates a family of fermionic product channels, computes the best rate from Gaussian input states for any number of qubits, and proves that this restricted rate is the full one-shot rate for one or two qubits.

Setting

The system has nnn qubits, with computational basis indexed by bit strings x∈{0,1}nx\in\{0,1\}^nx∈{0,1}n. The Jordan–Wigner Majorana operators c1,…,c2nc_1,\ldots,c_{2n}c1​,…,c2n​ are tensor products of Pauli matrices: c2j−1c_{2j-1}c2j−1​ has ZZZ on qubits before jjj, XXX on qubit jjj, and identity afterwards; c2jc_{2j}c2j​ replaces XXX with YYY. Their ordered monomials c(x)=c1x1⋯c2nx2nc(x)=c_1^{x_1}\cdots c_{2n}^{x_{2n}}c(x)=c1x1​​⋯c2nx2n​​, x∈{0,1}2nx\in\{0,1\}^{2n}x∈{0,1}2n, form a basis of all operators on the qubits. The paper gives these operators and their monomials in Eq. (3).

A fermionic product channel Φb\Phi_bΦb​ is determined by attenuation coefficients bp∈[0,1]b_p\in[0,1]bp​∈[0,1]. On each monomial it acts by Φb(c(x))=(∏p:xp=1bp)c(x)\Phi_b(c(x))=(\prod_{p:x_p=1}b_p)c(x)Φb​(c(x))=(∏p:xp​=1​bp​)c(x), and linearity defines it on every operator. A state is a positive semidefinite matrix of trace one. For a finite ensemble of output states {(pa,ρa)}\{(p_a,\rho_a)\}{(pa​,ρa​)}, with nonnegative weights summing to one, its Holevo quantity in bits is

χ=S ⁣(∑apaρa)−∑apaS(ρa),S(ρ)=−Tr⁡(ρlog⁡2ρ).\chi= S\!\left(\sum_a p_a\rho_a\right)-\sum_a p_aS(\rho_a), \qquad S(\rho)=-\operatorname{Tr}(\rho\log_2\rho).χ=S(a∑​pa​ρa​)−a∑​pa​S(ρa​),S(ρ)=−Tr(ρlog2​ρ).

The supremum of χ\chiχ over all finite ensembles of outputs of Φb\Phi_bΦb​ is C1(Φb)C_1(\Phi_b)C1​(Φb​). A Gaussian state has the specific form UρλU†U\rho_\lambda U^\daggerUρλ​U† of Definition 1: ρλ=2−n∏j(I+λjZj)\rho_\lambda=2^{-n}\prod_j(I+\lambda_j Z_j)ρλ​=2−n∏j​(I+λj​Zj​), each λj∈[−1,1]\lambda_j\in[-1,1]λj​∈[−1,1], and U=exp⁡(iH2+iH1)U=\exp(iH_2+iH_1)U=exp(iH2​+iH1​) for Hermitian quadratic and linear combinations of Majorana operators. Requiring Gaussian input states gives C1g(Φb)C_1^g(\Phi_b)C1g​(Φb​). Setting H1=0H_1=0H1​=0 gives an even Gaussian state. These are separate classes; the even class supplies an intermediate entropy minimum. Definition 1 and Eq. (13) are on page 4.

Formalization targets

Gaussian capacity

Write b1↓≥⋯≥b2n↓b_1^\downarrow\ge\cdots\ge b_{2n}^\downarrowb1↓​≥⋯≥b2n↓​ for the coefficients in decreasing order, and let H(t)=−tlog⁡2t−(1−t)log⁡2(1−t)H(t)=-t\log_2t-(1-t)\log_2(1-t)H(t)=−tlog2​t−(1−t)log2​(1−t). The main formula, Theorem 1 and Eq. (6), is

C1g(Φb)=n−H ⁣(1+b1↓2)−∑j=1n−1H ⁣(1+b2j↓b2j+1↓2).C_1^g(\Phi_b)=n-H\!\left(\frac{1+b_1^\downarrow}{2}\right) -\sum_{j=1}^{n-1}H\!\left(\frac{1+b_{2j}^\downarrow b_{2j+1}^\downarrow}{2}\right).C1g​(Φb​)=n−H(21+b1↓​​)−j=1∑n−1​H(21+b2j↓​b2j+1↓​​).

It holds for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every unsorted b∈[0,1]2nb\in[0,1]^{2n}b∈[0,1]2n. The milestones identify the covariance and Gaussian-preservation facts, the exact even and general Gaussian minimum-output entropies, and an ensemble attaining the capacity.

Full one-shot capacity for at most two qubits

The second clause of Theorem 1 states

C1(Φb)=C1g(Φb)(n≤2).C_1(\Phi_b)=C_1^g(\Phi_b)\qquad(n\le2).C1​(Φb​)=C1g​(Φb​)(n≤2).

Thus restricting the input ensemble to Gaussian states loses no one-shot capacity in these dimensions. The paper does not prove this equality for arbitrary nnn.

Significance

The formula replaces an optimization over arbitrary finite Gaussian ensembles with binary entropies of sorted attenuation coefficients. In the one- and two-qubit cases it also settles the unrestricted one-shot optimization for this channel family. The intermediate result C1=n−Smin⁡C_1=n-S_{\min}C1​=n−Smin​ relates signaling directly to minimum output entropy; the even-Gaussian and Gaussian minima make the distinction between the two state classes explicit. These relationships are established in Sections II–IV of the paper.

The mathematical results are proved in the 2005 paper. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their exact finite-dimensional statements. The definitions of bit-valued von Neumann entropy, finite output ensembles, ordered Majorana monomials, Gaussian-state predicates, and covariance matrices can support later work on fermionic channels. The submitted goal and milestones are presently proof obligations rather than claims of existing Lean proofs.

Difficulty

The channel is simple on each Majorana monomial, but the entropy of a general output state is not determined by its one- and two-point correlations. Even within the Gaussian class, optimizing only the even Gaussian states gives a different formula from optimizing all Gaussian states: linear Majorana terms change the optimum. A direct search over density matrices therefore does not expose the closed expression in Theorem 1. For the unrestricted two-qubit clause, one must also relate arbitrary states to the Gaussian class; the paper invokes a three-qubit parity result for that step. The distinctions and parity result appear in Sections III–IV.

Formalization scope

Lean represents qubit basis vectors by Fin n → Fin 2 and operators by complex matrices on that finite type. Majorana indices start at zero in Lean, so the paper's c2j−1,c2jc_{2j-1},c_{2j}c2j−1​,c2j​ correspond to consecutive indices 2j−2,2j−12j-2,2j-12j−2,2j−1. The Jordan–Wigner tensor factor at coordinate jjj acts on qubit jjj; the monomial product follows increasing Majorana index. The channel is defined on all matrices by the trace-orthogonal monomial expansion of Eq. (4), not merely on covariance matrices. Attenuations may equal zero or one. Entropies use logarithms to base two, with 0log⁡20=00\log_2 0=00log2​0=0.

Every capacity uses a real supremum over all finite normalized ensembles, with arbitrary ensemble size. The inputs are density matrices, and their channel outputs must be density matrices. The Gaussian capacity requires every input to satisfy Definition 1; Lemma 2 ensures these outputs are Gaussian too. The minimum-output quantities are real infima over their stated input classes, and the corresponding milestone theorems assert attainment. For the actual channels the relevant sets are nonempty and bounded: the maximally mixed state supplies an output state, while every Holevo quantity lies between zero and nnn. This representation rules out restricting the Gaussian ensemble to the displayed optimizing family, assuming the goal's coefficients are initially sorted, or replacing bit entropy with natural-log entropy.

The development needs finite-matrix functional calculus, positivity, matrix exponentials, permutation and singular-value reasoning, and finite ensemble entropy bounds. Contributions to those reusable layers and to the paper's covariance, Gaussian-preservation, and minimum-output results are within scope. Lemma 3 is stated in its even-Gaussian form, which its proof establishes; the displayed lemma says only “Gaussian.”

Selected references

  • Sergey Bravyi, Classical capacity of fermionic product channels, arXiv preprint quant-ph/0507282v1, 2005. arXiv
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Shapley–Snow Kernels, Multiparameter Eigenvalue Problems, and Stochastic Games: Every Discounted Value Is a Rank-Drop Root of a Kernel-Reduced Pencil, Algebraic of Degree at Most Its RankResearch Paper

Motivation

Zero-sum stochastic games model two opponents who interact over a finite set of states, each state being a matrix game whose outcome also decides the next state. Since Shapley (1953), every such game with discount factor λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1] has a value vλkv_\lambda^kvλk​ at each initial state kkk, characterised as the fixed point of a contraction. The value is the basic quantity of the theory, both for the discounted game and for its limits as λ→0\lambda\to0λ→0, and computing it, or describing what kind of number it is, is a long-standing question in game theory and operations research.

A short history of the algebraic side of the question:

  • 1950: Shapley and Snow describe the extreme optimal strategies of a matrix game through square sub-matrices and their cofactors.
  • 1953: Shapley proves existence of vλv_\lambdavλ​ as the unique fixed point of the Shapley operator.
  • 1976: Bewley and Kohlberg use Tarski–Seidenberg to show that λ↦vλ\lambda\mapsto v_\lambdaλ↦vλ​ is semi-algebraic and admits a Puiseux expansion near 000; the degree of the algebraic equation is not controlled.
  • 2018: Attia and Oliu-Barton (A solution for stochastic games, arXiv e-print, reference [2] of the paper) characterise vλkv^k_\lambdavλk​ as the unique zero of w↦val((−1)n(Δk−wΔ0))w\mapsto\mathrm{val}((-1)^n(\Delta^k-w\Delta^0))w↦val((−1)n(Δk−wΔ0)), with n+1n+1n+1 auxiliary matrices built from a Kronecker determinant.
  • 2021: the present paper (arXiv:1810.08798v2, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3)) refines this with Shapley–Snow kernels and the theory of multiparameter eigenvalue problems, and obtains an explicit univariate polynomial with vλkv^k_\lambdavλk​ as a root, of degree bounded by a rank.

Setting

A stochastic game has states K={1,…,n}K=\{1,\dots,n\}K={1,…,n}, finite nonempty action sets IkI_kIk​, JkJ_kJk​ at state kkk, a payoff g(k,i,j)∈Rg(k,i,j)\in\mathbb Rg(k,i,j)∈R, transition probabilities q(ℓ∣k,i,j)≥0q(\ell\mid k,i,j)\ge0q(ℓ∣k,i,j)≥0 with ∑ℓq(ℓ∣k,i,j)=1\sum_\ell q(\ell\mid k,i,j)=1∑ℓ​q(ℓ∣k,i,j)=1, and a discount factor λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1].

A real matrix AAA is a matrix game: the row player picks a mixed strategy xxx, the column player a mixed strategy yyy, and the row player receives txAy{}^txAytxAy. Its value val(A)\mathrm{val}(A)val(A) is the number that each player can guarantee. For z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn, the local game Gk(λ,z)\mathcal G^k(\lambda,z)Gk(λ,z) has entries λg(k,i,j)+(1−λ)∑ℓq(ℓ∣k,i,j)zℓ\lambda g(k,i,j)+(1-\lambda)\sum_\ell q(\ell\mid k,i,j)z^\ellλg(k,i,j)+(1−λ)∑ℓ​q(ℓ∣k,i,j)zℓ, and the discounted value vλ∈Rnv_\lambda\in\mathbb R^nvλ​∈Rn is the unique solution of val(Gk(λ,vλ))=vλk\mathrm{val}(\mathcal G^k(\lambda,v_\lambda))=v^k_\lambdaval(Gk(λ,vλ​))=vλk​ for all kkk.

The data array D(λ)D(\lambda)D(λ) is the n×(n+1)n\times(n+1)n×(n+1) array of matrices M0k=λGkM^k_0=\lambda G^kM0k​=λGk, Mkk=(1−λ)Qkk−UM^k_k=(1-\lambda)Q^k_k-UMkk​=(1−λ)Qkk​−U and Mℓk=(1−λ)QℓkM^k_\ell=(1-\lambda)Q^k_\ellMℓk​=(1−λ)Qℓk​ for ℓ≠k\ell\neq kℓ=k, where Gk=(g(k,i,j))G^k=(g(k,i,j))Gk=(g(k,i,j)), Qℓk=(q(ℓ∣k,i,j))Q^k_\ell=(q(\ell\mid k,i,j))Qℓk​=(q(ℓ∣k,i,j)) and UUU is a matrix of ones. The Kronecker determinant of an n×nn\times nn×n array of matrices replaces products of scalars by Kronecker products; entrywise, its entry at rows (i1,…,in)(i_1,\dots,i_n)(i1​,…,in​) and columns (j1,…,jn)(j_1,\dots,j_n)(j1​,…,jn​) is det⁡(Akℓikjk)k,ℓ\det\big(A_{k\ell}^{i_kj_k}\big)_{k,\ell}det(Akℓik​jk​​)k,ℓ​. The auxiliary matrices are Δℓ=(−1)ℓdet⁡⊗D(ℓ)(λ)\Delta^\ell=(-1)^\ell\det_\otimes D^{(\ell)}(\lambda)Δℓ=(−1)ℓdet⊗​D(ℓ)(λ), where D(ℓ)D^{(\ell)}D(ℓ) deletes column ℓ\ellℓ, for 0≤ℓ≤n0\le\ell\le n0≤ℓ≤n.

A Shapley–Snow kernel of a matrix game GGG is a square sub-matrix G˙\dot GG˙ with S(co(G˙))≠0S(\mathrm{co}(\dot G))\neq0S(co(G˙))=0 whose cofactor strategies co(G˙)1/S(co(G˙))\mathrm{co}(\dot G)\mathbf 1/S(\mathrm{co}(\dot G))co(G˙)1/S(co(G˙)) and tco(G˙)1/S(co(G˙)){}^t\mathrm{co}(\dot G)\mathbf 1/S(\mathrm{co}(\dot G))tco(G˙)1/S(co(G˙)), completed by zeros, are optimal in GGG; co\mathrm{co}co is the cofactor matrix and SSS the sum of entries. Choosing a kernel I˙k×J˙k\dot I_k\times\dot J_kI˙k​×J˙k​ of every local game Gk(λ,vλ)\mathcal G^k(\lambda,v_\lambda)Gk(λ,vλ​) and restricting each MℓkM^k_\ellMℓk​ to it gives the reduced array D˙(λ)\dot D(\lambda)D˙(λ), with square auxiliary matrices Δ˙0,…,Δ˙n\dot\Delta^0,\dots,\dot\Delta^nΔ˙0,…,Δ˙n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4.2

For every state kkk and every choice of kernels:

(i) vλk is the unique w∈R with val(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0)=0;(ii) rank(Δ˙k−vλkΔ˙0)<max⁡w∈Rrank(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0);\text{(i) } v^k_\lambda \text{ is the unique } w\in\mathbb R \text{ with } \mathrm{val}(\dot\Delta^k-w\dot\Delta^0)=0;\qquad \text{(ii) } \mathrm{rank}(\dot\Delta^k-v^k_\lambda\dot\Delta^0)<\max_{w\in\mathbb R}\mathrm{rank}(\dot\Delta^k-w\dot\Delta^0);(i) vλk​ is the unique w∈R with val(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0)=0;(ii) rank(Δ˙k−vλk​Δ˙0)<w∈Rmax​rank(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0);

(iii) some nonzero polynomial PkP^kPk of degree at most rank(Δ˙0)\mathrm{rank}(\dot\Delta^0)rank(Δ˙0), the determinant of a square sub-matrix of Δk−wΔ0\Delta^k-w\Delta^0Δk−wΔ0, vanishes at vλkv^k_\lambdavλk​; (iv) if all entries of D(λ)D(\lambda)D(λ) are rational, then

[Q(vλk):Q]≤rank(Δ˙0).[\mathbb Q(v^k_\lambda):\mathbb Q]\le\mathrm{rank}(\dot\Delta^0).[Q(vλk​):Q]≤rank(Δ˙0).

Milestones

In attack order: Shapley's fixed-point theorem (§2.1); the sign of Δ0\Delta^0Δ0 (Lemma 2.2.3) and unique solvability of val(A−wB)=0\mathrm{val}(A-wB)=0val(A−wB)=0 (Remark 2.2.4); the Shapley–Snow theorem (Theorem 2.3.1) and existence of kernels (§3.1); the cofactor lemmas B1–B3 and Proposition 2.3.4 on the kernel of G˙−vU˙\dot G-v\dot UG˙−vU˙; the rank-drop criterion (Lemma C1), the tensor kernel vector (Lemma C2) and Proposition 2.4.4; Proposition 3.2.1 placing vλv_\lambdavλ​ in the reduced solution sets; Proposition 3.4.1, the characterising polynomial.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.4.2 turns the computation of a discounted value into univariate root finding: vλkv^k_\lambdavλk​ is a root of one of finitely many explicit polynomials, read off from D(λ)D(\lambda)D(λ), of degree bounded by rank(Δ˙0)≤∏kmin⁡(∣Ik∣,∣Jk∣)\mathrm{rank}(\dot\Delta^0)\le\prod_k\min(|I_k|,|J_k|)rank(Δ˙0)≤∏k​min(∣Ik​∣,∣Jk​∣). Part (iv) gives an explicit bound on the algebraic degree of the value of a rational game, a quantity that the semi-algebraic approach leaves uncontrolled. The same polynomials yield, in §4 of the paper, the convergence of vλv_\lambdavλ​ as λ→0\lambda\to0λ→0 and a bound on its rate. These are not part of this mission.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no part of it is machine-checked. A complete development formalizes the value of a matrix game on arbitrary finite action sets, Shapley's fixed point, the Shapley–Snow description of extreme optimal strategies, Kronecker determinants of arrays of matrices, and the singular multiparameter-eigenvalue lemmas of Muhič–Plestenjak and Atkinson. Each of these is reusable outside stochastic games.

Difficulty

The obvious route is Cramer's rule for the multiparameter system det⁡(M0k+z1M1k+⋯+znMnk)=0\det(M^k_0+z^1M^k_1+\dots+z^nM^k_n)=0det(M0k​+z1M1k​+⋯+znMnk​)=0: when Δ0\Delta^0Δ0 is invertible, the solutions are the eigenvalues of Δk(Δ0)−1\Delta^k(\Delta^0)^{-1}Δk(Δ0)−1. Here Δ0\Delta^0Δ0, and still more Δ˙0\dot\Delta^0Δ˙0, is in general singular, and the polynomials det⁡(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0)\det(\dot\Delta^k-w\dot\Delta^0)det(Δ˙k−wΔ˙0) may vanish identically, so the determinant equation carries no information. The value must instead be located through a rank drop of the pencil. Proving the rank drop requires nonzero left and right kernel vectors with txΔ˙0y≠0{}^tx\dot\Delta^0y\neq0txΔ˙0y=0, which come from the sign of Δ0\Delta^0Δ0 (Lemma 2.2.3) and from nonnegative kernel strategies of the Shapley–Snow kernels transported through Kronecker products. Neither ingredient is available off the shelf.

A second obstacle is the paper's degree argument: it quotes the degree of det⁡(A+wB)\det(A+wB)det(A+wB) as equal to rank(B)\mathrm{rank}(B)rank(B), which is false in general; only the inequality holds and is posed.

Formalization scope

  • Model. States are Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The action sets I k, J k are finite, nonempty and may depend on the state, as in §4, p. 20, where the paper extends its results "word for word" to that case. The transition probabilities are nonnegative and sum to one, and 0 < lam ≤ 1.
  • Value. The value of a matrix game is the relation IsMatVal A w: optimal strategies of both players guarantee www. No supremum or infimum over strategy sets is taken. vλv_\lambdavλ​ is any vvv with IsShapleyFixed g q lam v; the milestone shapley_fixed_point gives existence and uniqueness, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Kernels. A kernel is given by embeddings Fin s ↪ I, Fin s ↪ J. IsSSK requires S(co(G˙))≠0S(\mathrm{co}(\dot G))\neq0S(co(G˙))=0 and optimality of the completed cofactor strategies. The paper also requires the pair to be basic, but by Theorem 2.3.1 this is equivalent.
  • Linear algebra. co M is the transposed adjugate. The Kronecker determinant is defined through its entry formula (K5), and rows and columns of Δℓ\Delta^\ellΔℓ are indexed by tuples instead of lexicographic integers. Column 000 of the array is the paper's ℓ=0\ell=0ℓ=0, and the paper's Δk\Delta^kΔk is Delta … k.succ. "max⁡wrank\max_w\mathrm{rank}maxw​rank" means "some real www gives larger rank". The sets SM,SΔS^M,S^\DeltaSM,SΔ accept complex vectors in Lemma C2, as in §2.4; SR,TMS^R,T^MSR,TM are used over Rn\mathbb R^nRn in the game results. Proposition 3.4.1 takes its polynomial from a determinant of a reduced-pencil submatrix, as the proof constructs.
  • Conventions. Part (i) is the printed form, without the (−1)n(-1)^n(−1)n of Result 1 (i); both hold for the square reduced matrices. Part (iv) is IsAlgebraic ℚ v ∧ (minpoly ℚ v).natDegree ≤ rank.

The goal ranges over Shapley–Snow kernels, not over arbitrary square sub-matrices, and EkE^kEk is built from the full Δk−wΔ0\Delta^k-w\Delta^0Δk−wΔ0 with only its degree cap taken from Δ˙0\dot\Delta^0Δ˙0. A formalization in which kernels are arbitrary square sub-matrices, or in which EkE^kEk is built from Δ˙\dot\DeltaΔ˙, states a different theorem.

Contributions are welcome at every level. In particular: the value of a matrix game on Fintype index types with existence and uniqueness, Shapley's contraction, the Shapley–Snow theorem, the Kronecker determinant and its column-alternation property (K3), and the bound deg⁡det⁡(A+wB)≤rank(B)\deg\det(A+wB)\le\mathrm{rank}(B)degdet(A+wB)≤rank(B).

Selected references

  • L. Attia, M. Oliu-Barton, Shapley–Snow kernels, multiparameter eigenvalue problems and stochastic games, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3), 2021; arXiv:1810.08798v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08798v2
  • L. Attia, M. Oliu-Barton, A solution for stochastic games, arXiv e-print, 2018 (reference [2] of the paper).
  • L. S. Shapley, Stochastic games, PNAS 39(10), 1953. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.10.1095
  • L. S. Shapley, R. N. Snow, Basic solutions of discrete games, Contributions to the Theory of Games I (Annals of Mathematics Studies 24), 1950, pp. 27–35.
  • T. Bewley, E. Kohlberg, The asymptotic theory of stochastic games, Mathematics of Operations Research 1(3), 1976. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1.3.197
  • A. Muhič, B. Plestenjak, On the singular two-parameter eigenvalue problem, Electronic Journal of Linear Algebra 18, 2009, pp. 420–437.
  • F. V. Atkinson, Multiparameter Eigenvalue Problems, vol. 1, Academic Press, 1972.
  • J. W. Demmel, Applied Numerical Linear Algebra, SIAM, 1997 (cited for the degree of det⁡(A+wB)\det(A+wB)det(A+wB)).
18 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Volatility Under Uncertain Network Effects: The Worst-Case Relative Revenue Change over ε-Perturbed Networks Equals αλmax·ε/(1 − αλmax(1 + ε))Research Paper

Motivation

A seller of a good with network externalities (a social app, a telecom plan, a game console) gains from knowing how strongly each consumer's demand depends on the consumption of others. Candogan, Bimpikis and Ozdaglar (Operations Research, 2012) showed that, on a known network, the optimal price vector of a monopolist and the resulting revenue have closed forms built from the matrix (I−αW)−1(I-\alpha W)^{-1}(I−αW)−1. In practice the network WWW is estimated from data and is never known exactly. A seller who commits to prices on the basis of a forecast WWW then faces revenue that moves with the true network W~\tilde WW~.

Baron, Hu and Malekian (SSRN 3561270, 2020; published as a Technical Note in Operations Research, 2022, doi:10.1287/opre.2022.2302) ask how large that movement can be in the worst case, when the forecast error is bounded in spectral norm. Their Theorem 1 gives an exact answer depending on the network only through its largest eigenvalue. This mission formalizes that theorem, read in the SSRN version of 2020-03-25.

Setting

There are nnn agents on a network W∈Rn×nW\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}W∈Rn×n with Wij≥0W_{ij}\ge0Wij​≥0, W⊤=WW^\top=WW⊤=W and, as for any network without self-loops, Wii=0W_{ii}=0Wii​=0. A parameter α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 scales the peer effect, b∈Rnb\in\mathbb R^nb∈Rn collects the agents' primary values, and ccc is the seller's marginal cost.

The game has two stages. In the first, the seller chooses a price vector p∈Rnp\in\mathbb R^np∈Rn. In the second, each agent iii chooses a quantity xi≥0x_i\ge0xi​≥0, with utility

ui(x;W,b,p)=−12xi2+bixi+α∑j≠iWijxixj−pixi.u_i(x;W,b,p)=-\tfrac12x_i^2+b_ix_i+\alpha\sum_{j\neq i}W_{ij}x_ix_j-p_ix_i .ui​(x;W,b,p)=−21​xi2​+bi​xi​+αj=i∑​Wij​xi​xj​−pi​xi​.

A consumption equilibrium is a profile x≥0x\ge0x≥0 in which each xix_ixi​ maximizes ui(⋅,x−i)u_i(\cdot,x_{-i})ui​(⋅,x−i​) over R+\mathbb R_+R+​. The seller's revenue is ∑i(pi−c)xi\sum_i(p_i-c)x_i∑i​(pi​−c)xi​, and the optimal revenue R(W,α,b)R(W,\alpha,b)R(W,α,b) is its supremum over all prices and their equilibria. Assumption 1 asks α∑jWij<1\alpha\sum_jW_{ij}<1α∑j​Wij​<1 for every iii; Assumption 2 asks b>c1b>c\mathbf 1b>c1.

The forecast error is measured by the uncertainty set

W(W,ϵ)={W~: ∥W−W~∥2≤ϵ∥W∥2, W~≥0, W~⊤=W~},\mathcal W(W,\epsilon)=\{\tilde W:\ \|W-\tilde W\|_2\le\epsilon\|W\|_2,\ \tilde W\ge0,\ \tilde W^\top=\tilde W\},W(W,ϵ)={W~: ∥W−W~∥2​≤ϵ∥W∥2​, W~≥0, W~⊤=W~},

with ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ the spectral norm. The seller fixes the price that is optimal for the forecast WWW; consumers then play the equilibrium on the realized W~\tilde WW~, producing revenue R(W~,α,b)R(\tilde W,\alpha,b)R(W~,α,b). The revenue volatility RV(W,ϵ)\mathrm{RV}(W,\epsilon)RV(W,ϵ) is the supremum of the relative change ∣R(W,α,b)−R(W~,α,b)∣/R(W,α,b)|R(W,\alpha,b)-R(\tilde W,\alpha,b)|/R(W,\alpha,b)∣R(W,α,b)−R(W~,α,b)∣/R(W,α,b) over W~∈W(W,ϵ)\tilde W\in\mathcal W(W,\epsilon)W~∈W(W,ϵ) and b>c1b>c\mathbf 1b>c1. Finally, λmax⁡=λmax⁡(W)\lambda_{\max}=\lambda_{\max}(W)λmax​=λmax​(W) is the largest absolute value of an eigenvalue of WWW.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 11)

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, for every ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0 with ϵ<1/(αλmax⁡)−1\epsilon<1/(\alpha\lambda_{\max})-1ϵ<1/(αλmax​)−1, every W~∈W(W,ϵ)\tilde W\in\mathcal W(W,\epsilon)W~∈W(W,ϵ) admits an interior consumption equilibrium at the seller's ex-ante price, and

RV(W,ϵ)=αλmax⁡ϵ1−αλmax⁡(1+ϵ).\mathrm{RV}(W,\epsilon)=\frac{\alpha\lambda_{\max}\epsilon}{1-\alpha\lambda_{\max}(1+\epsilon)} .RV(W,ϵ)=1−αλmax​(1+ϵ)αλmax​ϵ​.

Milestones

  • Theorem 4 (p. 34): ρ(A)<1\rho(A)<1ρ(A)<1 iff Ak→0A^k\to0Ak→0, and then (I−A)−1=∑kAk(I-A)^{-1}=\sum_kA^k(I−A)−1=∑k​Ak; for ρ(A)>1\rho(A)>1ρ(A)>1 the powers are unbounded.
  • Proposition 1 (p. 8): the consumption game is an exact potential game with a unique equilibrium, equal to (I−αW)−1(b−p)>0(I-\alpha W)^{-1}(b-p)>0(I−αW)−1(b−p)>0 when b>pb>pb>p.
  • Proposition 2 (p. 9): the optimal price is (b+c1)/2(b+c\mathbf 1)/2(b+c1)/2 and R(W,α,b)=(b−c12)⊤(I−αW)−1(b−c12)R(W,\alpha,b)=\big(\tfrac{b-c\mathbf 1}{2}\big)^{\top}(I-\alpha W)^{-1}\big(\tfrac{b-c\mathbf 1}{2}\big)R(W,α,b)=(2b−c1​)⊤(I−αW)−1(2b−c1​).
  • The equality of spectral norm and spectral radius for symmetric matrices (p. 12).
  • Part 1 of the proof (pp. 11–12): ρ(αW~)<1\rho(\alpha\tilde W)<1ρ(αW~)<1 and (I−αW~)−1≥0(I-\alpha\tilde W)^{-1}\ge0(I−αW~)−1≥0 on W(W,ϵ)\mathcal W(W,\epsilon)W(W,ϵ).
  • Part 2 (p. 12): the witness W~=(1+ϵ)W\tilde W=(1+\epsilon)WW~=(1+ϵ)W with the top eigenvector attains the bound.
  • Steps 1–2 of Part 3 (p. 13), Lemma 1 (p. 14), and eq. (6) (p. 14): the reduction to f⊤L−1Mff^\top L^{-1}Mff⊤L−1Mf, its stationarity at eigenvectors of MMM, and ∥M∥2≤αλmax⁡ϵ/(1−αλmax⁡(1+ϵ))\|M\|_2\le\alpha\lambda_{\max}\epsilon/(1-\alpha\lambda_{\max}(1+\epsilon))∥M∥2​≤αλmax​ϵ/(1−αλmax​(1+ϵ)).

Significance

The theorem turns a robustness question about an equilibrium of a game into a single spectral quantity. A seller can read off the worst-case relative revenue change from λmax⁡(W)\lambda_{\max}(W)λmax​(W), α\alphaα and ϵ\epsilonϵ, and compare networks by their largest eigenvalue: denser, more central networks are more exposed to estimation error. The paper uses it to compare chains and complete networks (Proposition 3) and as the deterministic benchmark for its stochastic analysis (Theorem 2).

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof exists. A formalization adds three pieces that are absent from the platform: the network pricing game stated as an equilibrium (not as a closed-form demand), the optimality of the price (b+c1)/2(b+c\mathbf 1)/2(b+c1)/2 over all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and the Neumann series for real matrices under ρ(A)<1\rho(A)<1ρ(A)<1.

Difficulty

The obvious argument substitutes Proposition 2's closed form and bounds a difference of resolvents. Two steps resist this. First, the realized network W~\tilde WW~ need not satisfy Assumption 1, so the existence, uniqueness and positivity of the equilibrium on W~\tilde WW~ must come from the spectral bound α∥W~∥2<1\alpha\|\tilde W\|_2<1α∥W~∥2​<1 alone. Second, the bound is a supremum of a generalized Rayleigh quotient f⊤(L−1−L~−1)f/f⊤L−1ff^\top(L^{-1}-\tilde L^{-1})f/f^\top L^{-1}ff⊤(L−1−L~−1)f/f⊤L−1f over f>0f>0f>0, which must be related to the spectral norm of I−LL~−1I-L\tilde L^{-1}I−LL~−1 through a constrained-optimization argument. Tightness needs the top eigenvector, which is only non-negative in general, so the supremum is generally not attained in the open set b>c1b>c\mathbf 1b>c1.

The game-theoretic layer is not a formality: Proposition 2 asserts optimality over every price vector, including those at which some agents consume nothing.

Formalization scope

Agents are Fin n; vectors are Fin n → ℝ and matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ. The norm is Mathlib's scoped spectral norm (Matrix.Norms.L2Operator). λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ is the supremum of ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ over the real spectrum (used only for symmetric matrices), and ρ\rhoρ is computed from the complex spectrum. Condition (1) is written αλmax⁡(1+ϵ)<1\alpha\lambda_{\max}(1+\epsilon)<1αλmax​(1+ϵ)<1, equivalent to the printed form when αλmax⁡>0\alpha\lambda_{\max}>0αλmax​>0, and avoiding Lean's convention 1/0=01/0=01/0=0.

Conventions added to the page, each disclosed in the items:

  • WWW and every W~\tilde WW~ have a zero diagonal (the utility sums over j≠ij\neq ij=i, while the paper's formulas use the full matrix);
  • ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0;
  • RV(W,ϵ)\mathrm{RV}(W,\epsilon)RV(W,ϵ) is stated as a least upper bound, not an attained maximum;
  • R(W~,α,b)R(\tilde W,\alpha,b)R(W~,α,b) is the revenue at the seller's optimal price for WWW with the consumers' equilibrium on W~\tilde WW~ (p. 11);
  • the myopic-best-response clause of Proposition 1 is not stated.

The optimal revenue and the revenue on W~\tilde WW~ are defined from the game (suprema over prices and equilibria), never by Proposition 2's closed form; a formalization that substitutes the closed form would make Propositions 1–2 vacuous and reduce the goal to a matrix inequality, and is ruled out.

A complete development needs: potential games with concave potentials on R+n\mathbb R_+^nR+n​, linear complementarity for diagonally dominant matrices, the Neumann series and Perron–Frobenius for non-negative matrices, the spectral theorem for real symmetric matrices, and a Lagrange multiplier rule for a quadratic constraint. The Neumann series criterion and the norm–radius equality for symmetric matrices are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative decompositions of Part 3.

Selected references

  • O. Baron, M. Hu, A. Malekian, Revenue volatility under uncertain network effects, SSRN preprint 3561270 (version of 2020-03-25). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3561270 ; published as a Technical Note in Operations Research, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2022.2302
  • O. Candogan, K. Bimpikis, A. Ozdaglar, Optimal pricing in networks with externalities, Operations Research 60(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1066
  • R. A. Horn, C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810817
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential games, Games and Economic Behavior 14(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
11 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationStatisticsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Proportional Volume Sampling and Approximation Algorithms for A-Optimal Design: Sampling with an α-Approximate (d−1, d)-Wise Independent Measure Gives an α-ApproximationResearch Paper

Motivation

In linear regression with a budget, an experimenter holds nnn candidate experiments, each described by a vector vi∈Rdv_i\in\mathbb R^dvi​∈Rd, and may run only kkk of them. If the experiments in S⊆[n]S\subseteq[n]S⊆[n] are run and the unknown parameter is estimated by least squares, the covariance of the estimate is proportional to (∑i∈Svivi⊤)−1\big(\sum_{i\in S}v_iv_i^\top\big)^{-1}(∑i∈S​vi​vi⊤​)−1. A-optimal design chooses SSS to minimise the trace of that matrix, which is the mean squared error of the estimator. The criterion is one of the classical optimality criteria of experimental design (Pukelsheim, Optimal Design of Experiments, SIAM 2006) and appears in feature selection, sensor placement and matrix sparsification.

Selecting the best kkk-set exactly is NP-hard (the paper proves this in its Theorem 1.7), so the question is approximation. Avron and Boutsidis (SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl. 2013) connected A-optimal design to volume sampling (Deshpande–Rademacher, FOCS 2010), which samples a set with probability proportional to det⁡(VSVS⊤)\det(V_SV_S^\top)det(VS​VS⊤​), and obtained the approximation ratio n−d+1k−d+1\frac{n-d+1}{k-d+1}k−d+1n−d+1​. Nikolov, Singh and Tantipongpipat (arXiv:1802.08318; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022) reweight volume sampling by a second measure μ\muμ that can depend on a solution of the natural convex relaxation. Their first result, Theorem 1.3, shows that the approximation ratio of this scheme is controlled by a single combinatorial property of μ\muμ, approximate (d−1,d)(d-1,d)(d−1,d)-wise independence. Their later theorems obtain ratios ddd (when k=dk=dk=d) and 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ (when kkk is large) by exhibiting such measures.

Setting

Let V=[v1,…,vn]V=[v_1,\dots,v_n]V=[v1​,…,vn​] be a real d×nd\times nd×n matrix and d≤k≤nd\le k\le nd≤k≤n. For S⊆[n]S\subseteq[n]S⊆[n], VSV_SVS​ is the d×∣S∣d\times|S|d×∣S∣ submatrix of the columns indexed by SSS, so VSVS⊤=∑i∈Svivi⊤V_SV_S^\top=\sum_{i\in S}v_iv_i^\topVS​VS⊤​=∑i∈S​vi​vi⊤​. The A-optimal design problem is

OPT=min⁡S⊆[n], ∣S∣=ktr⁡(VSVS⊤)−1,\mathrm{OPT}=\min_{S\subseteq[n],\,|S|=k}\operatorname{tr}\big(V_SV_S^\top\big)^{-1},OPT=S⊆[n],∣S∣=kmin​tr(VS​VS⊤​)−1,

with the value +∞+\infty+∞ for sets whose Gram matrix is singular.

The convex relaxation (1)–(3) replaces the indicator of SSS by x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn:

CP=min⁡ tr⁡(∑i=1nxivivi⊤)−1s.t.∑i=1nxi=k,0≤xi≤1.\mathrm{CP}=\min\ \operatorname{tr}\Big(\sum_{i=1}^n x_iv_iv_i^\top\Big)^{-1}\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\sum_{i=1}^n x_i=k,\quad 0\le x_i\le 1.CP=min tr(i=1∑n​xi​vi​vi⊤​)−1s.t.i=1∑n​xi​=k,0≤xi​≤1.

Write VS(x)V_S(x)VS​(x) for the matrix with columns xi vi\sqrt{x_i}\,v_ixi​​vi​, i∈Si\in Si∈S, so that V(x)V(x)⊤=∑ixivivi⊤V(x)V(x)^\top=\sum_ix_iv_iv_i^\topV(x)V(x)⊤=∑i​xi​vi​vi⊤​, and xL=∏i∈Lxix^L=\prod_{i\in L}x_ixL=∏i∈L​xi​.

Let Uk\mathcal U_kUk​ (U≤k\mathcal U_{\le k}U≤k​) be the subsets of [n][n][n] of size exactly (at most) kkk, and μ\muμ a probability measure on them. Proportional volume sampling with measure μ\muμ (Definition 1.1) is the distribution μ′\mu'μ′ with

Pr⁡μ′[S=S]=μ(S)det⁡(VSVS⊤)∑S′μ(S′)det⁡(VS′VS′⊤).\Pr_{\mu'}[\mathcal S=S]=\frac{\mu(S)\det(V_SV_S^\top)}{\sum_{S'}\mu(S')\det(V_{S'}V_{S'}^\top)}.μ′Pr​[S=S]=∑S′​μ(S′)det(VS′​VS′⊤​)μ(S)det(VS​VS⊤​)​.

The measure μ\muμ is α\alphaα-approximate (d−1,d)(d-1,d)(d−1,d)-wise independent with respect to a feasible xxx (Definition 1.2) if for all T,R⊆[n]T,R\subseteq[n]T,R⊆[n] with ∣T∣=d−1|T|=d-1∣T∣=d−1 and ∣R∣=d|R|=d∣R∣=d,

Pr⁡S∼μ[T⊆S]Pr⁡S∼μ[R⊆S]≤α xTxR.\frac{\Pr_{\mathcal S\sim\mu}[T\subseteq\mathcal S]}{\Pr_{\mathcal S\sim\mu}[R\subseteq\mathcal S]}\le\alpha\,\frac{x^T}{x^R}.PrS∼μ​[R⊆S]PrS∼μ​[T⊆S]​≤αxRxT​.

For a square matrix MMM with eigenvalues λ1,…,λm\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_mλ1​,…,λm​, Ek(M)E_k(M)Ek​(M) is the kkk-th elementary symmetric polynomial ek(λ1,…,λm)e_k(\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_m)ek​(λ1​,…,λm​); Em(M)=det⁡ME_m(M)=\det MEm​(M)=detM.

Algorithm 1 (p. 8) solves the relaxation for xxx, samples S∼μ′\mathcal S\sim\mu'S∼μ′, and pads S\mathcal SS with arbitrary indices to size kkk if it is smaller.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3

If xxx is an optimal solution of (1)–(3) and μ\muμ is α\alphaα-approximate (d−1,d)(d-1,d)(d−1,d)-wise independent with respect to xxx, then the output pad⁡(S)\operatorname{pad}(\mathcal S)pad(S) of Algorithm 1 satisfies, for every kkk-set SoptS^{\mathrm{opt}}Sopt,

ES∼μ′[tr⁡(Vpad⁡(S)Vpad⁡(S)⊤)−1]≤αtr⁡(VSoptVSopt⊤)−1,\mathbb E_{\mathcal S\sim\mu'}\Big[\operatorname{tr}\big(V_{\operatorname{pad}(\mathcal S)}V_{\operatorname{pad}(\mathcal S)}^\top\big)^{-1}\Big]\le\alpha\operatorname{tr}\big(V_{S^{\mathrm{opt}}}V_{S^{\mathrm{opt}}}^\top\big)^{-1},ES∼μ′​[tr(Vpad(S)​Vpad(S)⊤​)−1]≤αtr(VSopt​VSopt⊤​)−1,

so the algorithm is an α\alphaα-approximation in expectation, and some kkk-set has objective at most α CP\alpha\,\mathrm{CP}αCP (the integrality gap is at most α\alphaα). The constant α\alphaα is a parameter: the goal fixes no value of it, so later constructions of better measures plug into it unchanged.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: det⁡(VT(x)⊤VT(x))=xTdet⁡(VT⊤VT)\det(V_T(x)^\top V_T(x))=x^T\det(V_T^\top V_T)det(VT​(x)⊤VT​(x))=xTdet(VT⊤​VT​) for ∣T∣≤d|T|\le d∣T∣≤d.
  2. Identity (4): Ek(VV⊤)=Ek(V⊤V)=∑S∈Ukdet⁡(VS⊤VS)E_k(VV^\top)=E_k(V^\top V)=\sum_{S\in\mathcal U_k}\det(V_S^\top V_S)Ek​(VV⊤)=Ek​(V⊤V)=∑S∈Uk​​det(VS⊤​VS​).
  3. Identity (6): tr⁡M−1=Ed−1(M)/det⁡M\operatorname{tr}M^{-1}=E_{d-1}(M)/\det MtrM−1=Ed−1​(M)/detM for a d×dd\times dd×d matrix of rank ddd.
  4. The expected objective under μ′\mu'μ′ is at most ∑∣T∣=d−1det⁡(VT⊤VT)Pr⁡μ[S⊇T]/∑∣R∣=ddet⁡(VR⊤VR)Pr⁡μ[S⊇R]\sum_{|T|=d-1}\det(V_T^\top V_T)\Pr_\mu[\mathcal S\supseteq T]\big/\sum_{|R|=d}\det(V_R^\top V_R)\Pr_\mu[\mathcal S\supseteq R]∑∣T∣=d−1​det(VT⊤​VT​)Prμ​[S⊇T]/∑∣R∣=d​det(VR⊤​VR​)Prμ​[S⊇R] (p. 9).
  5. tr⁡(V(x)V(x)⊤)−1=∑∣T∣=d−1det⁡(VT⊤VT)xT/∑∣R∣=ddet⁡(VR⊤VR)xR\operatorname{tr}(V(x)V(x)^\top)^{-1}=\sum_{|T|=d-1}\det(V_T^\top V_T)x^T\big/\sum_{|R|=d}\det(V_R^\top V_R)x^Rtr(V(x)V(x)⊤)−1=∑∣T∣=d−1​det(VT⊤​VT​)xT/∑∣R∣=d​det(VR⊤​VR​)xR (p. 9).
  6. Inequality (5): ES∼μ′[tr⁡(∑i∈Svivi⊤)−1]≤αtr⁡(∑ixivivi⊤)−1\mathbb E_{\mathcal S\sim\mu'}[\operatorname{tr}(\sum_{i\in\mathcal S}v_iv_i^\top)^{-1}]\le\alpha\operatorname{tr}(\sum_ix_iv_iv_i^\top)^{-1}ES∼μ′​[tr(∑i∈S​vi​vi⊤​)−1]≤αtr(∑i​xi​vi​vi⊤​)−1.
  7. CP≤OPT\mathrm{CP}\le\mathrm{OPT}CP≤OPT (p. 7).
  8. Padding a set with further vectors does not increase tr⁡(VSVS⊤)−1\operatorname{tr}(V_SV_S^\top)^{-1}tr(VS​VS⊤​)−1 (p. 8).

Significance

Theorem 1.3 turns an approximation question about a continuous, spectral objective into a question about the marginals of a distribution on sets: any measure with approximately independent (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)- and ddd-marginals relative to the relaxation's solution yields an approximation algorithm with the same ratio, and simultaneously bounds the integrality gap of the relaxation. The paper's Theorems 1.4 and 1.5 are proved by applying it to hard-core distributions, giving a ddd-approximation for k=dk=dk=d and a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-approximation for k=Ω(dϵ+log⁡(1/ϵ)ϵ2)k=\Omega\big(\frac d\epsilon+\frac{\log(1/\epsilon)}{\epsilon^2}\big)k=Ω(ϵd​+ϵ2log(1/ϵ)​).

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof. The formalization produces, beyond the theorem itself, a reusable linear-algebra layer that the pinned Mathlib lacks: the Cauchy–Binet formula for Gram matrices, its extension (4) to all elementary symmetric functions of the spectrum, and the identity tr⁡M−1=Ed−1(M)/det⁡M\operatorname{tr}M^{-1}=E_{d-1}(M)/\det MtrM−1=Ed−1​(M)/detM. These are standard tools for determinantal point processes and volume sampling, and a later formalization of the hard-core constructions (Theorems 1.4, 1.5) would build directly on this mission's goal.

Difficulty

The reduction itself is a short calculation once both sides of (5) are written as ratios of sums over (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)- and ddd-subsets; the difficulty is in the linear algebra that produces those ratios. Identity (4) needs Cauchy–Binet for non-square matrices together with the relation between the coefficients of the characteristic polynomial, its roots and sums of principal minors; none of this is in Mathlib in the required form, and the eigenvalue side requires that the characteristic polynomial of a real symmetric matrix splits over R\mathbb RR. Applying (4) to every VSV_SVS​ separately and exchanging the order of summation is bookkeeping between index sets of different sizes, which is where informal proofs are quietest. The expectation also has to be handled honestly at sets SSS with singular VSVS⊤V_SV_S^\topVS​VS⊤​: they are never sampled, but the paper's displayed equality on p. 9 counts them, so the first display holds only as an inequality.

Formalization scope

Everything is over R\mathbb RR, with index sets Finset (Fin n) and VVV a Matrix (Fin d) (Fin n) ℝ. A probability measure on U≤k\mathcal U_{\le k}U≤k​ is a nonnegative function on subsets of [n][n][n] with total mass 111 vanishing on sets larger than kkk; this covers Uk\mathcal U_kUk​ as a special case. EkE_kEk​ is the elementary symmetric function of the real roots of the characteristic polynomial, applied only to symmetric matrices. Lean's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices, so every comparison of objectives assumes positive definiteness of the inverted matrix, and OPT is expressed by quantifying over kkk-sets with positive definite Gram matrix rather than by an infimum.

The statements add the following, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note: 1≤d1\le d1≤d (for the natural-number subtraction d−1d-1d−1); a positive normaliser ∑Sμ(S)det⁡(VSVS⊤)>0\sum_S\mu(S)\det(V_SV_S^\top)>0∑S​μ(S)det(VS​VS⊤​)>0, which Definition 1.1 presupposes; positive definiteness of ∑ixivivi⊤\sum_ix_iv_iv_i^\top∑i​xi​vi​vi⊤​, which is what a finite CP means; Definition 1.2 in cross-multiplied form; and "≤\le≤" in place of the printed "===" in the first display of p. 9. Theorem 1.3 assumes a suitable μ\muμ only for the optimal xxx, as the remark after the theorem says; this implies the printed form. The padding of Algorithm 1 is an arbitrary map pad⁡\operatorname{pad}pad with S⊆pad⁡(S)S\subseteq\operatorname{pad}(S)S⊆pad(S) and ∣pad⁡(S)∣=k|\operatorname{pad}(S)|=k∣pad(S)∣=k on the support of μ\muμ.

The goal is not inequality (5) alone and EkE_kEk​ is not defined as a sum of minors, and the expectation is not defined as the ratio of p. 9; any of those would make milestones true by definition. A sorry-free sanity file shows that all hypotheses of the goal are simultaneously satisfiable (d=k=n=2d=k=n=2d=k=n=2, V=IV=IV=I, x=(1,1)x=(1,1)x=(1,1), μ\muμ the point mass at [2][2][2], α=1\alpha=1α=1).

Contributions are welcome at every milestone; the Cauchy–Binet layer (milestones 2 and 3) is reusable well beyond this mission and is the natural place to start.

Selected references

  • A. Nikolov, M. Singh, U. Tantipongpipat, Proportional Volume Sampling and Approximation Algorithms for A-Optimal Design, arXiv:1802.08318v5, 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.08318
  • H. Avron, C. Boutsidis, Faster Subset Selection for Matrices and Applications, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications 34(4):1464–1499, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.0127
  • A. Deshpande, L. Rademacher, Efficient Volume Sampling for Row/Column Subset Selection, FOCS 2010, 329–338. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2010.38
  • Z. Mariet, S. Sra, Elementary Symmetric Polynomials for Optimal Experimental Design, NeurIPS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1705.09677
  • F. Pukelsheim, Optimal Design of Experiments, SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719109
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Harmonic AnalysisQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Product Decomposition of Periodic Functions in Quantum Signal Processing: Every SU(2)-Valued Laurent Polynomial of Degree n in E_n Is Uniquely a Product of n Primitive Matrices and a UnitaryResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum signal processing transforms the eigenphases of a unitary operator by a sequence of controlled operations and single qubit rotations. To know which transformations such a sequence can realize, one must characterize the matrix functions produced by the sequence. Haah's product decomposition theorem gives such a characterization without the restriction on the projectors used in some earlier quantum signal processing constructions. The result concerns exact functions; the numerical synthesis algorithm and its precision analysis are separate parts of the paper.

Setting

Let ttt be a nonzero complex number. A rank one orthogonal projector PPP on C2\mathbb C^2C2 is a Hermitian matrix with P2=PP^2=PP2=P and trace one. Its complementary projector is I−PI-PI−P. The associated primitive matrix is

EP(t)=tP+t−1(I−P).E_P(t)=tP+t^{-1}(I-P).EP​(t)=tP+t−1(I−P).

For ∣t∣=1|t|=1∣t∣=1, this matrix is unitary with determinant one. Given nnn such projectors, indexed in their multiplication order, and a constant matrix E0∈SU(2)E_0\in SU(2)E0​∈SU(2), the product of interest is

F(t)=E0EP1(t)EP2(t)⋯EPn(t).F(t)=E_0E_{P_1}(t)E_{P_2}(t)\cdots E_{P_n}(t).F(t)=E0​EP1​​(t)EP2​​(t)⋯EPn​​(t).

The leftmost primitive factor is EP1E_{P_1}EP1​​, and the product has exactly nnn primitive factors. At n=0n=0n=0 the product of primitive factors is the identity and FFF is the constant matrix E0E_0E0​. Although the physical interpretation uses points on the unit circle, the formula defines FFF at every nonzero complex ttt. These conventions follow §2, equations (2) and (3).

A matrix Laurent polynomial of width nnn is written

F(t)=∑j=−nnCjtj,F(t)=\sum_{j=-n}^{n} C_jt^j,F(t)=j=−n∑n​Cj​tj,

where each CjC_jCj​ is a complex 2×22\times22×2 matrix and all coefficients outside [−n,n][-n,n][−n,n] vanish. The set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ consists of these polynomials for which F(η)∈SU(2)F(\eta)\in SU(2)F(η)∈SU(2) whenever ∣η∣=1|\eta|=1∣η∣=1. A member has degree nnn when Cn≠0C_n\ne0Cn​=0 or C−n≠0C_{-n}\ne0C−n​=0. The subset En\mathcal E_nEn​ consists of members whose nonzero exponents have the parity of nnn, so C−n+k=0C_{-n+k}=0C−n+k​=0 for every odd integer kkk. The notation F†(t)F^\dagger(t)F†(t) conjugate transposes each coefficient while leaving its exponent unchanged: F†(t)=∑jCj†tjF^\dagger(t)=\sum_j C_j^\dagger t^jF†(t)=∑j​Cj†​tj. These are the conventions of Definition 1 and equations (4) and (5).

Formalization targets

The goal is all of Theorem 2. First, every product of nnn primitive matrices belongs to En\mathcal E_nEn​. Conversely, every F∈EnF\in\mathcal E_nF∈En​ of degree nnn has a unique ordered tuple (E0,P1,…,Pn)(E_0,P_1,\ldots,P_n)(E0​,P1​,…,Pn​) satisfying the product formula, with E0∈SU(2)E_0\in SU(2)E0​∈SU(2) and each PjP_jPj​ a rank one orthogonal projector. For n>0n>0n>0, the final projector is determined by the leading coefficient:

Pn=Cn†CnTr⁡(Cn†Cn).P_n=\frac{C_n^\dagger C_n}{\operatorname{Tr}(C_n^\dagger C_n)}.Pn​=Tr(Cn†​Cn​)Cn†​Cn​​.

The formula includes the assertion that its denominator is nonzero under the theorem's hypotheses; that is a consequence to establish, rather than an extra assumption. The n=0n=0n=0 case retains the product characterization and uniqueness, while having no final projector. The milestones state the source's primitive matrix observation, polynomial identities, leading coefficient conditions, degree reduction, and the relation between the two extreme coefficients.

Significance

The theorem identifies the Laurent polynomials that admit the specified quantum signal processing product and says that the factors are uniquely recoverable from the matrix function when the number of factors is fixed. This supports the exact synthesis question motivating the paper: whether a desired SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) valued function on the unit circle is achievable by the primitive operations. The formula for PnP_nPn​ also identifies the last factor directly from a coefficient of the target function. Haah's §4 algorithm uses the decomposition, but its numerical guarantees are outside this mission.

The paper proves Theorem 2. The formalization target is a machine checked version of that known theorem and its source stated intermediate claims. The definitions of matrix Laurent polynomial evaluation, parity restricted coefficient families, and primitive projector factors can also support later work on polynomial matrix functions. The mission does not claim that these statements have already been proved in Lean.

Difficulty

Membership in SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) is given only on the unit circle, while coefficient identities needed for the decomposition concern Laurent polynomials throughout C∖{0}\mathbb C\setminus\{0\}C∖{0}. A pointwise unitary identity on the circle must therefore be promoted to an identity of Laurent polynomials before its extreme coefficients can be compared. The main structural difficulty is that a matrix product may lose its highest and lowest powers even when its factors are nonzero. Identifying a projector that lowers the degree must control both extremes at once and preserve the parity and SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) conditions. Uniqueness also depends on fixing exactly nnn factors: extra complementary factors can cancel.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a Laurent polynomial by a coefficient family C:Z→Mat⁡2(C)C:\mathbb Z\to\operatorname{Mat}_{2}(\mathbb C)C:Z→Mat2​(C) with explicit width support, and evaluates it by a finite sum of integer powers. Equalities of Laurent polynomials are stated for every nonzero complex ttt. The positive integer nnn is represented as a natural number, with integer casts for exponents. The special unitary group is Mathlib's SU(2)SU(2)SU(2); the paper's rank one orthogonal projectors are represented by Hermitian idempotence together with trace one. This trace condition is equivalent to rank one for these 2×22\times22×2 projectors. An ordered function on Fin⁡(n)\operatorname{Fin}(n)Fin(n) supplies precisely nnn factors. The last factor has index n−1n-1n−1 in Lean.

The set En\mathcal E_nEn​ retains both the width and SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) conditions of Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ and adds the parity condition. It is defined from coefficients, not from the existence of a product decomposition. Allowing rank zero or rank two projectors, dropping unitarity, or allowing a variable factor count would change the theorem. The source's remark that any orthogonal projector yields a member of E1\mathcal E_1E1​ is read with the rank one condition of equation (2): the literal unrestricted remark fails for 000 and III. The singular leading coefficient milestones require n>0n>0n>0, and the last projector formula has the same domain.

The development needs facts about 2×22\times22×2 determinants, conjugate transpose, projectors, finite matrix products, and uniqueness of finite Laurent expansions. The Laurent polynomial infrastructure and rank one matrix facts are reusable beyond this theorem. Contributions proving the source stated milestones, their faithful supporting algebraic lemmas, and the main product characterization are in scope. The parity refinement of §3.1, Lemma 4, and the §4 synthesis algorithm with its running time claim are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Haah, Product Decomposition of Periodic Functions in Quantum Signal Processing, Quantum 3, 190 (2019); formalization source: arXiv:1806.10236v4, 2020, pp. 3–5.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Hierarchical Approach to Robust Stability of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Chen-S at Every Static-Priority Corner Implies Chen-S for Every Queue-Ratio PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A multiclass queueing network routes jobs of several classes through shared stations. Whether such a network is stable depends on the scheduling policy and not only on the load: the Lu–Kumar and Rybko–Stolyar examples are unstable under a static-priority policy with every station loaded below capacity (Bramson, Stability of Queueing Networks, 2008). A network operator who does not control, or does not know, the policy in use therefore wants robust stability: stability under every policy of a given family.

Zhao, Gurvich and Hasenbein (arXiv:2303.17746v3) study robust stability over the family of queue-ratio policies, which steer each station's workload towards fixed proportions across its classes and contain the static-priority and quadratic max-weight policies as special cases. Their analysis is hierarchical. Under a queue-ratio policy the fluid model first reaches state-space collapse and then follows a linear Skorohod problem. This mission formalizes the second layer: a purely algebraic sufficient condition for stability of that Skorohod problem holds for every queue-ratio policy as soon as it holds at the finitely many static-priority "corners".

Timeline. Dai (1995) reduced stability of the queueing network to stability of its fluid model. Delgado (2010) related fluid stability under state-space collapse to stability of a Skorohod problem. Chen (1996) gave the Chen-S\mathcal SS sufficient condition for stability of a linear Skorohod problem. Zhao, Gurvich and Hasenbein (preprint 2023, Operations Research 2025) proved that Chen-S\mathcal SS is inherited from the static-priority corners (their Theorem 4).

Setting

Fix an open network with JJJ stations and KKK classes. Class kkk is served at station s(k)s(k)s(k), and the J×KJ\times KJ×K constituency matrix CCC has Cjk=1C_{jk}=1Cjk​=1 if s(k)=js(k)=js(k)=j and 000 otherwise. M=diag⁡(m1,…,mK)M=\operatorname{diag}(m_1,\dots,m_K)M=diag(m1​,…,mK​) holds the mean service times mk>0m_k>0mk​>0. PPP is the substochastic routing matrix, and α≥0\alpha\ge 0α≥0 the vector of exogenous arrival rates. The network is open: I+P+P2+⋯I+P+P^2+\cdotsI+P+P2+⋯ converges and I−P⊤I-P^\topI−P⊤ is invertible. Then Q=(I−P⊤)−1Q=(I-P^\top)^{-1}Q=(I−P⊤)−1, λ=Qα\lambda=Q\alphaλ=Qα and the traffic intensities are ρ=CMλ\rho=CM\lambdaρ=CMλ.

A ratio matrix is a K×JK\times JK×J matrix Δ\DeltaΔ with Δkj=δk≥0\Delta_{kj}=\delta_k\ge 0Δkj​=δk​≥0 if s(k)=js(k)=js(k)=j and Δkj=0\Delta_{kj}=0Δkj​=0 otherwise, normalized by

CMΔ=I.CM\Delta=I.CMΔ=I.

It is static-priority if at each station jjj exactly one class kkk with s(k)=js(k)=js(k)=j has Δkj=1/mk\Delta_{kj}=1/m_kΔkj​=1/mk​ and all others have Δlj=0\Delta_{lj}=0Δlj​=0. For a ratio matrix with CMQΔCMQ\DeltaCMQΔ invertible, the reflection matrix and drift are

RΔ=(CMQΔ)−1,θΔ=RΔ(ρ−e).R_\Delta=(CMQ\Delta)^{-1},\qquad \theta_\Delta=R_\Delta(\rho-e).RΔ​=(CMQΔ)−1,θΔ​=RΔ​(ρ−e).

A square matrix RRR is an S-matrix if Ru>0Ru>0Ru>0 for some u>0u>0u>0, and completely-S\mathcal SS if every principal sub-matrix is an S-matrix. The pair (R,θ)(R,\theta)(R,θ) is Chen-S\mathcal SS if RRR is completely-S\mathcal SS and some h>0h>0h>0 satisfies ha⊤[θa+Rabu]<0h_a^\top[\theta_a+R_{ab}u]<0ha⊤​[θa​+Rab​u]<0 for every partition (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) of the stations with a≠∅a\neq\emptyseta=∅ and every u≥0u\ge 0u≥0 with θb+Rbu=0\theta_b+R_bu=0θb​+Rb​u=0. Ratio matrices are neighbors if they differ in at most one column.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

If for every static-priority Δ\DeltaΔ the matrix CMQΔCMQ\DeltaCMQΔ is invertible and (RΔ,θΔ)(R_\Delta,\theta_\Delta)(RΔ​,θΔ​) is Chen-S\mathcal SS, and all det⁡(CMQΔ)\det(CMQ\Delta)det(CMQΔ) over static-priority Δ\DeltaΔ have one sign, then

∀ Δ ratio matrix:CMQΔ invertible and (RΔ,θΔ) Chen-S.\forall\,\Delta\ \text{ratio matrix}:\quad CMQ\Delta\ \text{invertible and}\ (R_\Delta,\theta_\Delta)\ \text{Chen-}\mathcal S.∀Δ ratio matrix:CMQΔ invertible and (RΔ​,θΔ​) Chen-S.

The network is arbitrary: any JJJ, KKK, routing and service times.

Milestones

For neighbors Δ1,Δ2\Delta_1,\Delta_2Δ1​,Δ2​ and Δ3=λΔ1+(1−λ)Δ2\Delta_3=\lambda\Delta_1+(1-\lambda)\Delta_2Δ3​=λΔ1​+(1−λ)Δ2​ with λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1):

  • Lemma 4. The kkkth rows of RΔ1R_{\Delta_1}RΔ1​​ and RΔ2R_{\Delta_2}RΔ2​​ are proportional with ratio det⁡(CMQΔ2)/det⁡(CMQΔ1)\det(CMQ\Delta_2)/\det(CMQ\Delta_1)det(CMQΔ2​)/det(CMQΔ1​), and RΔ3R_{\Delta_3}RΔ3​​ is a rank-one update of either.
  • Theorem 6. RΔ3=βRΔ1+(1−β)RΔ2R_{\Delta_3}=\beta R_{\Delta_1}+(1-\beta)R_{\Delta_2}RΔ3​​=βRΔ1​​+(1−β)RΔ2​​, with β=λdet⁡RΔ2/(λdet⁡RΔ2+(1−λ)det⁡RΔ1)\beta=\lambda\det R_{\Delta_2}/(\lambda\det R_{\Delta_2}+(1-\lambda)\det R_{\Delta_1})β=λdetRΔ2​​/(λdetRΔ2​​+(1−λ)detRΔ1​​).
  • Lemma 3. Invertibility of CMQΔ3CMQ\Delta_3CMQΔ3​ when the determinants of CMQΔ1CMQ\Delta_1CMQΔ1​ and CMQΔ2CMQ\Delta_2CMQΔ2​ share a sign.
  • Theorem 5(i), (ii). Completely-S\mathcal SS, and Chen-S\mathcal SS of (RΔ,θΔ)(R_\Delta,\theta_\Delta)(RΔ​,θΔ​), pass from Δ1,Δ2\Delta_1,\Delta_2Δ1​,Δ2​ to Δ3\Delta_3Δ3​.
  • Theorem 3. The completely-S\mathcal SS analogue of the goal.

Significance

By Chen's theorem, Chen-S\mathcal SS of (RΔ,θΔ)(R_\Delta,\theta_\Delta)(RΔ​,θΔ​) makes the Skorohod problem of the policy Δ\DeltaΔ stable. Theorem 4 reduces this requirement over a continuum of policies to a finite check, one per static-priority policy, and the paper combines it with a state-space-collapse result to certify robust queue-ratio stability of the DHV, push-started Lu–Kumar and Lu–Kumar networks. The orthogonal convexity of Theorem 5 is of independent interest: the Chen-S\mathcal SS region of ratio matrices is in general not convex, yet it is convex along every axis-parallel segment.

The results are proved on paper and nothing in this mission has been machine-checked. A formal development checks the matrix algebra (adjugate and Sherman–Morrison identities, determinant-sign arguments) and settles the details the paper leaves out. The proof of Theorem 5(ii) is given there only as "an identical argument" to that of part (i). Theorem 6's claim β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) needs a same-sign hypothesis that the page omits (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails because the convexity is only orthogonal. The set of ratio matrices is a product of simplices. A convex combination of two arbitrary Chen-S\mathcal SS ratio matrices need not be Chen-S\mathcal SS, and the inverse RΔ=(CMQΔ)−1R_\Delta=(CMQ\Delta)^{-1}RΔ​=(CMQΔ)−1 is not affine in Δ\DeltaΔ. Two pieces of structure must be found and exploited instead. Moving one column of Δ\DeltaΔ changes CMQΔCMQ\DeltaCMQΔ in one column, which makes RΔR_\DeltaRΔ​ move along a line in a reparametrized coordinate β\betaβ. Then completely-S\mathcal SS and Chen-S\mathcal SS, whose definitions quantify over all partitions and over the solution sets {u≥0:θb+Rbu=0}\{u\ge 0:\theta_b+R_bu=0\}{u≥0:θb​+Rb​u=0}, must be shown to survive that line. The latter sets move with β\betaβ in a way that does not follow from convexity of either endpoint's set. Passing from neighbors to all ratio matrices needs a column-by-column descent through faces of the product of simplices. Invertibility must be maintained along the way, which is where the common determinant sign at the corners enters.

Formalization scope

  • Stations are Fin J, classes Fin K; the paper's index iii is Lean's i−1i-1i−1. The network is a structure Network J K with fields sss, mmm, PPP, α\alphaα and the hypotheses m>0m>0m>0, P≥0P\ge 0P≥0, row sums of PPP at most one, α≥0\alpha\ge 0α≥0, summability of PnP^nPn, and invertibility of I−P⊤I-P^\topI−P⊤. The remark K>JK>JK>J and the renewal arrivals are not used.
  • CCC, M=diag⁡(m)M=\operatorname{diag}(m)M=diag(m), Q=(I−P⊤)−1Q=(I-P^\top)^{-1}Q=(I−P⊤)−1, λ=Qα\lambda=Q\alphaλ=Qα, ρ=CMλ\rho=CM\lambdaρ=CMλ are definitions computed from the network. RΔR_\DeltaRΔ​ and θΔ\theta_\DeltaθΔ​ are definitions computed from Δ\DeltaΔ; θΔ\theta_\DeltaθΔ​ is never a free vector.
  • Ratio matrices include δ≥0\delta\ge 0δ≥0. Without it the goal would assert extrapolation outside the polytope of ratio matrices.
  • Lean's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices. Every hypothesis on a corner and the goal's conclusion state invertibility of CMQΔCMQ\DeltaCMQΔ explicitly.
  • Partitions are a : Finset (Fin J) with b=acb=a^{\mathrm c}b=ac; sub-matrices are indexed by the subtypes. Chen-S\mathcal SS quantifies over a≠∅a\neq\emptyseta=∅ (for a=∅a=\emptyseta=∅ the condition reads 0<00<00<0 and would make Chen-S\mathcal SS unsatisfiable and the goal vacuous); b=∅b=\emptysetb=∅ is allowed. Principal sub-matrices in completely-S\mathcal SS are those of nonempty index sets.
  • "All determinants have the same sign" is a single sign for all corners: either all are positive or all are negative.
  • The "Then, Δ1,Δ2,Δ3\Delta_1,\Delta_2,\Delta_3Δ1​,Δ2​,Δ3​ are ratio-matrix neighbors" sentence of Lemmas 3, 4 and Theorems 5, 6 is kept as a first conjunct.
  • Deviation. Theorem 6 asserts β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) under invertibility alone, which fails when det⁡RΔ1\det R_{\Delta_1}detRΔ1​​ and det⁡RΔ2\det R_{\Delta_2}detRΔ2​​ have opposite signs. That clause is stated under det⁡RΔ1det⁡RΔ2>0\det R_{\Delta_1}\det R_{\Delta_2}>0detRΔ1​​detRΔ2​​>0; the two identities are stated unconditionally.

A complete development needs the adjugate and determinant identities for matrices differing in one column, a Sherman–Morrison formula for rank-one updates, and a decomposition of ratio matrices along faces of a product of simplices. The definitions of S-matrices, completely-S\mathcal SS and Chen-S\mathcal SS are reusable for other work on reflected processes. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of Theorem 5 that avoid linear-programming duality, and counterexamples showing a hypothesis cannot be dropped are all welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Zhao, I. Gurvich, J. Hasenbein, A Hierarchical Approach to Robust Stability of Multiclass Queueing Networks, arXiv:2303.17746v3, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.17746
  • H. Chen, A sufficient condition for the positive recurrence of a semimartingale reflecting Brownian motion in an orthant, Annals of Applied Probability 6(3):758–765, 1996 (reference [5] of the source).
  • J. G. Dai, On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models, Annals of Applied Probability 5(1):49–77, 1995 (reference [10] of the source).
  • R. Delgado, State space collapse and stability of queueing networks, Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 72(3):477–499, 2010 (reference [16] of the source).
  • M. Bramson, Stability of Queueing Networks, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1950, Springer, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-68896-9
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Sub/Super-Stochastic Matrix with Applications to Bipartite Tracking Control over Signed Networks 3: ψ < 1/(τd_M), Structural Balance and Leader Reachability Give Asynchronous Bipartite TrackingResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks of agents that interact both cooperatively and competitively are modelled by signed graphs: a positive edge weight means that one agent moves towards another, a negative weight means that it moves towards the other's opposite. Since Altafini's work on consensus over antagonistic networks (IEEE TAC 2013), the standard target on such networks has been bipartite consensus or bipartite tracking: the agents split into two camps that converge to values of equal size and opposite sign. With a leader, the camp containing the leader tracks the leader's state and the other camp tracks its negative.

Most analyses assume that all agents update at the same instants. In practice agents sample and communicate on their own clocks. Shi, Zheng, Shao and Cheng (arXiv:2004.01867v2, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2021) handle this asynchronous setting with a matrix tool: products of sub-stochastic matrices (nonnegative, row sums at most one) whose row-sum deficits propagate along the communication graph. This mission formalizes their first application, bipartite tracking of first-order agents with a static leader (§3).

Setting

There is one leader v0v_0v0​ and nnn followers v1,…,vnv_1,\dots,v_nv1​,…,vn​. Follower weights form a matrix A=[aij]∈Rn×n\mathcal A=[a_{ij}]\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}A=[aij​]∈Rn×n: the edge (vj,vi)(v_j,v_i)(vj​,vi​) exists iff aij≠0a_{ij}\neq 0aij​=0, cooperative if aij>0a_{ij}>0aij​>0, competitive if aij<0a_{ij}<0aij​<0. The number ai0a_{i0}ai0​ is the weight of the leader edge (v0,vi)(v_0,v_i)(v0​,vi​), which exists iff ai0≠0a_{i0}\ne 0ai0​=0. The digraph G~\tilde{\mathcal G}G~​ consists of the followers' digraph, the leader and the leader edges.

  • C1 (structural balance). The agents split as V1∪V2\mathcal V_1\cup\mathcal V_2V1​∪V2​ with v0∈V1v_0\in\mathcal V_1v0​∈V1​, every weight inside a set is ≥0\ge 0≥0 and every weight between the sets is ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • C2 (leader reachability). Every follower is reached from v0v_0v0​ by a directed path in G~\tilde{\mathcal G}G~​.

Time is discrete with step size τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Follower viv_ivi​ communicates only at its own instants s0iτ<s1iτ<⋯s^i_0\tau<s^i_1\tau<\cdotss0i​τ<s1i​τ<⋯ with s0i=0s^i_0=0s0i​=0 and

sk+1i−ski≤h(2.10)s^i_{k+1}-s^i_k\le h\qquad(2.10)sk+1i​−ski​≤h(2.10)

for a constant h∈Z+h\in\mathbb Z_+h∈Z+​. Positions xi(k)∈Rpx_i(k)\in\mathbb R^pxi​(k)∈Rp evolve by x0(k+1)=x0(k)x_0(k+1)=x_0(k)x0​(k+1)=x0​(k) and xi(k+1)=xi(k)+τui(k)x_i(k+1)=x_i(k)+\tau u_i(k)xi​(k+1)=xi​(k)+τui​(k), with the asynchronous protocol

ui(k)=ψ∑vj∈Ni∣aij∣[sgn⁡(aij)xj(k)−xi(k)]+ψ∣ai0∣[sgn⁡(ai0)x0(k)−xi(k)]u_i(k)=\psi\sum_{v_j\in\mathcal N_i}|a_{ij}|\big[\operatorname{sgn}(a_{ij})x_j(k)-x_i(k)\big]+\psi|a_{i0}|\big[\operatorname{sgn}(a_{i0})x_0(k)-x_i(k)\big]ui​(k)=ψvj​∈Ni​∑​∣aij​∣[sgn(aij​)xj​(k)−xi​(k)]+ψ∣ai0​∣[sgn(ai0​)x0​(k)−xi​(k)]

at the instants of viv_ivi​, and ui(k)=0u_i(k)=0ui​(k)=0 otherwise. Here ψ>0\psi>0ψ>0 is a gain. Bipartite tracking (Definition 3.1) means ∥xi(k)−x0(k)∥→0\|x_i(k)-x_0(k)\|\to 0∥xi​(k)−x0​(k)∥→0 for vi∈V1v_i\in\mathcal V_1vi​∈V1​ and ∥xi(k)+x0(k)∥→0\|x_i(k)+x_0(k)\|\to 0∥xi​(k)+x0​(k)∥→0 for vi∈V2v_i\in\mathcal V_2vi​∈V2​. With dM=max⁡i(∑vj∈Ni∣aij∣+∣ai0∣)d_M=\max_i\big(\sum_{v_j\in\mathcal N_i}|a_{ij}|+|a_{i0}|\big)dM​=maxi​(∑vj​∈Ni​​∣aij​∣+∣ai0​∣), the gain condition is

ψ<1τdM.(3.7)\psi<\frac{1}{\tau d_M}.\qquad(3.7)ψ<τdM​1​.(3.7)

In the error coordinates ei=xi−x0e_i=x_i-x_0ei​=xi​−x0​ on V1\mathcal V_1V1​ and ei=−xi−x0e_i=-x_i-x_0ei​=−xi​−x0​ on V2\mathcal V_2V2​, the closed loop is e(k+1)=(M(k)⊗Ip)e(k)e(k+1)=(M(k)\otimes I_p)e(k)e(k+1)=(M(k)⊗Ip​)e(k) with M(k)=In−τψD(k)−τψB(k)+τψ∣A(k)∣M(k)=I_n-\tau\psi\mathcal D(k)-\tau\psi\mathcal B(k)+\tau\psi|\mathcal A(k)|M(k)=In​−τψD(k)−τψB(k)+τψ∣A(k)∣, where only the rows of followers active at time kτk\taukτ differ from the identity.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3, sufficiency

ψ<1τdM,  C1,  C2 ⟹ lim⁡k→∞∥xi(k)−x0(k)∥=0 (vi∈V1),lim⁡k→∞∥xi(k)+x0(k)∥=0 (vi∈V2),\psi<\frac1{\tau d_M},\ \ \mathrm{C1},\ \ \mathrm{C2}\ \Longrightarrow\ \lim_{k\to\infty}\|x_i(k)-x_0(k)\|=0\ (v_i\in\mathcal V_1),\quad \lim_{k\to\infty}\|x_i(k)+x_0(k)\|=0\ (v_i\in\mathcal V_2),ψ<τdM​1​,  C1,  C2 ⟹ k→∞lim​∥xi​(k)−x0​(k)∥=0 (vi​∈V1​),k→∞lim​∥xi​(k)+x0​(k)∥=0 (vi​∈V2​),

for every choice of instants satisfying (2.10) and every initial state.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.4 1): a product Fq⋯F1F_q\cdots F_1Fq​⋯F1​ of sub-stochastic matrices is sub-stochastic.
  2. Theorem 2.4 2): with positive diagonals, if every row i2i_2i2​ is fed through [Fs2]i2i1>0[F_{s_2}]_{i_2i_1}>0[Fs2​​]i2​i1​​>0 by a row i1i_1i1​ with Λi1[Fs1]<1\Lambda_{i_1}[F_{s_1}]<1Λi1​​[Fs1​​]<1, s1<s2s_1<s_2s1​<s2​, then ∥∏s=1qFs∥∞<1\|\prod_{s=1}^qF_s\|_\infty<1∥∏s=1q​Fs​∥∞​<1 and ρ(∏s=1qFs)<1\rho(\prod_{s=1}^qF_s)<1ρ(∏s=1q​Fs​)<1.
  3. The matrices M(k)M(k)M(k) (p. 15): under (3.7) they are sub-stochastic with positive diagonals, and Λi[M(k)]<1\Lambda_i[M(k)]<1Λi​[M(k)]<1 exactly when viv_ivi​ hears the leader at kτk\taukτ.
  4. Error system (3.6): under C1, ei(k+1)=∑j[M(k)]ijej(k)e_i(k+1)=\sum_j[M(k)]_{ij}e_j(k)ei​(k+1)=∑j​[M(k)]ij​ej​(k).
  5. Lemma 3.2: under (3.7), C1 and C2, ∥∏s=kk+Ph−1M(s)∥∞<1\big\|\prod_{s=k}^{k+Ph-1}M(s)\big\|_\infty<1​∏s=kk+Ph−1​M(s)​∞​<1 for every kkk, where P=max⁡id(v0,vi)P=\max_i d(v_0,v_i)P=maxi​d(v0​,vi​) is the largest directed distance from the leader.

Significance

The theorem says that asynchrony costs nothing qualitatively: as long as every follower communicates at least once every hhh steps and the gain respects (3.7), the network reaches bipartite tracking under the same topological conditions C1 and C2 as in the synchronous case. No common clock, dwell-time condition or joint connectivity of the switching graphs is required. The same product argument is reused in the rest of the paper for second-order and general linear agents, delays and switching topologies, so the milestones here are the base case of that series.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. Formalizing it produces a checked theory of products of sub-stochastic matrices with row-sum deficits (Theorem 2.4), which applies to positive switched systems in general, and a reusable encoding of signed digraphs with a leader, structural balance and asynchronous protocols.

Difficulty

Each single matrix M(k)M(k)M(k) is only marginally stable: its rows of followers that do not hear the leader at time kτk\taukτ sum to exactly one, so no single step contracts, and the spectral radius of an individual M(k)M(k)M(k) may equal one. Contraction appears only in products, and only once a deficit created at a leader edge has had time to travel along the paths of C2, one edge per window of hhh steps; this requires that deficits never disappear again, which is where positive diagonals (from (3.7)) enter. The passage from "every window product has ∥⋅∥∞<1\|\cdot\|_\infty<1∥⋅∥∞​<1" to convergence also needs a uniform bound below one over all windows; the paper's (3.14) uses it without comment. The bound holds because M(k)M(k)M(k) depends on kkk only through the set of active followers, so the window products range over a finite set.

Formalization scope

Followers are Fin n (0-based) and the leader is not an index; aija_{ij}aij​ is a i j and ai0a_{i0}ai0​ is b i. Positions lie in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); the paper's norm is unspecified and all norms on Rp\mathbb R^pRp give the same limits. Eigenvalues are complex: ρ(F)<1\rho(F)<1ρ(F)<1 means every element of spectrum ℂ of the complexified matrix has modulus <1<1<1. ∥F∥∞\|F\|_\infty∥F∥∞​ is the largest absolute row sum. Products multiply later factors on the left. sgn⁡\operatorname{sgn}sgn is Real.sign. The maxima dMd_MdM​ and PPP are given as values with IsGreatest hypotheses over exactly the printed sets, and (3.7) is kept as printed. C1 is stated for the partition V1={v0}∪V1\mathcal V_1=\{v_0\}\cup V_1V1​={v0​}∪V1​, V2=\mathcal V_2=V2​= the remaining followers; fixing the leader in V1\mathcal V_1V1​ is the paper's "with no loss of generality" convention. Definition 3.1 is stated for that same partition.

Only the "if" half of Theorem 3.3 is a target. Definition 3.1 presupposes the partition of C1, so necessity of C1 has no formal meaning, and the printed necessity argument is an informal case discussion. Theorem 2.4 2) is stated with one (i1,s1,s2)(i_1,s_1,s_2)(i1​,s1​,s2​) per row i2i_2i2​, as its proof and the example on p. 8 use it; this is implied by the literal reading.

Three formalizations would trivialize the goal and are ruled out: a protocol in which every follower updates at every step (the synchronous special case, which drops the asynchronous instants); dropping the sign conditions of C1, or leaving the leader's side free, under which the followers of V2\mathcal V_2V2​ need not approach −x0-x_0−x0​; and a goal stated about the error system (3.6) instead of the agents' positions xix_ixi​.

The development needs finite matrix products, the ∞-norm bound on eigenvalues (Gershgorin), and elementary walk reachability in digraphs. All of these exist in Mathlib in some form. Contributions are welcome on every milestone. The product theorem 2.4 does not depend on the network model and is reusable for positive switched systems.

Selected references

  • L. Shi, W. X. Zheng, J. Shao, Y. Cheng, Sub/super-stochastic matrix with applications to bipartite tracking control over signed networks, arXiv:2004.01867v2, 2020; SIAM J. Control Optim. 59 (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.01867, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1239982
  • C. Altafini, Consensus problems on networks with antagonistic interactions, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 58(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2012.2224251
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Three Conjectures in Extremal Spectral Graph Theory 3: For Large n, a Connected n-Vertex Graph Maximizing Spectral Radius Minus Average Degree Is a Pineapple GraphResearch Paper

Motivation

How far is a graph from being regular? Several numerical irregularity measures answer this question, and spectral graph theory supplies a natural one. For a graph GGG with nnn vertices and e(G)e(G)e(G) edges, the largest eigenvalue λ1(G)\lambda_1(G)λ1​(G) of the adjacency matrix is always at least the average degree d(G)=2e(G)/nd(G) = 2e(G)/nd(G)=2e(G)/n, with equality exactly when GGG is regular. The difference λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d is therefore a measure of irregularity; it was studied by Bell (1992) alongside the variance of the degrees, and it is one of several such measures, with Albertson's ∑uv∈E∣du−dv∣\sum_{uv \in E} |d_u - d_v|∑uv∈E​∣du​−dv​∣ and Nikiforov's degree deviation among the others. The measures are incomparable in general, and one way to understand what each gauges is to determine its extremal graphs.

A basic extremal question asks which graphs are the most irregular. Among all graphs the question is uninteresting, because isolated vertices lower ddd without lowering λ1\lambda_1λ1​. Among connected graphs it is a genuine optimization problem. Using the variable neighbourhood search system AutoGraphiX, Aouchiche, Bell, Cvetković, Hansen, Rowlinson, Simić and Stevanović (2008) found that the maximizers of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d over connected graphs on nnn vertices are always pineapple graphs, a clique with pendant vertices hanging from one clique vertex, and they conjectured that this holds for every nnn (Aouchiche et al., European J. Oper. Res. 2008).

Timeline:

  • 1992: Bell compares λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d with the degree variance as irregularity measures.
  • 1988: Hong proves λ12≤2e(G)−(n−1)\lambda_1^2 \le 2e(G) - (n-1)λ12​≤2e(G)−(n−1) for graphs without isolated vertices.
  • 2008: Aouchiche et al. state the pineapple conjecture from computer experiments, and determine which pineapple is best (clique size ⌈n/2⌉+1\lceil n/2\rceil + 1⌈n/2⌉+1).
  • 2017: Tait and Tobin prove the conjecture for all sufficiently large nnn (arXiv:1606.01916, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B), in the same paper that settles the spectral extremal problems for outerplanar and planar graphs.

This mission formalizes Section 4 of Tait and Tobin.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple; an nnn-vertex graph has vertex set {0,…,n−1}\{0, \dots, n-1\}{0,…,n−1}. The spectral radius λ1(G)\lambda_1(G)λ1​(G) is the largest eigenvalue of the adjacency matrix AAA of GGG, the published platform definition specRad. The average degree is d(G)=2e(G)/nd(G) = 2e(G)/nd(G)=2e(G)/n, a real number.

A connected graph GGG on nnn vertices is a maximizer of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d (Lean: IsIrregMax G) if

λ1(G′)−d(G′)≤λ1(G)−d(G)for every connected graph G′ on the same n vertices.\lambda_1(G') - d(G') \le \lambda_1(G) - d(G) \quad \text{for every connected graph } G' \text{ on the same } n \text{ vertices.}λ1​(G′)−d(G′)≤λ1​(G)−d(G)for every connected graph G′ on the same n vertices.

The pineapple PA(p,q)PA(p,q)PA(p,q) (Lean: pineapple p q) has p+qp+qp+q vertices: the first ppp form a complete graph KpK_pKp​, and each of the other qqq vertices is a pendant vertex, adjacent only to the clique vertex 000. Stars (p≤2p \le 2p≤2) and complete graphs (q=0q = 0q=0) are degenerate pineapples.

The lemmas of the mission speak about the leading eigenvector v\mathbf vv of a maximizer GGG: a vector with Av=λ1vA\mathbf v = \lambda_1 \mathbf vAv=λ1​v, all entries positive, normalized so that its largest entry is 111. Such a vector exists by the Perron–Frobenius theorem because GGG is connected. xxx denotes a vertex with vx=1\mathbf v_x = 1vx​=1, dud_udu​ the degree of uuu, and N(x)N(x)N(x) the neighbourhood of xxx. Some statements carry a small parameter ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, fixed before nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21

∃N ∀n≥N ∀G on n vertices:G maximizes λ1−d  ⟹  ∃ p,q, p+q=n, G≅PA(p,q).\exists N\ \forall n \ge N\ \forall G \text{ on } n \text{ vertices}:\quad G \text{ maximizes } \lambda_1 - d \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists\, p, q,\ p + q = n,\ G \cong PA(p,q).∃N ∀n≥N ∀G on n vertices:G maximizes λ1​−d⟹∃p,q, p+q=n, G≅PA(p,q).

The clique size ppp is left free. The optimal value p=⌈n/2⌉+1p = \lceil n/2\rceil + 1p=⌈n/2⌉+1 is determined by Aouchiche et al. by optimizing a cubic polynomial over pineapples; Tait and Tobin cite it and do not prove it, so it is not part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Hong's inequality λ12≤2e(G)−(n−1)\lambda_1^2 \le 2e(G) - (n-1)λ12​≤2e(G)−(n−1) for connected GGG (cited, p. 14).
  2. The pineapple H=PA(⌈n/2⌉+1,⌊n/2⌋−1)H = PA(\lceil n/2\rceil+1, \lfloor n/2\rfloor-1)H=PA(⌈n/2⌉+1,⌊n/2⌋−1) has λ1(H)−2e(H)/n≥n/4−3/2\lambda_1(H) - 2e(H)/n \ge n/4 - 3/2λ1​(H)−2e(H)/n≥n/4−3/2 (p. 14).
  3. Lemma 16: λ1=n/2+c1n\lambda_1 = n/2 + c_1\sqrt nλ1​=n/2+c1​n​ and d=n/4+c2nd = n/4 + c_2\sqrt nd=n/4+c2​n​ with ∣c1∣,∣c2∣<1|c_1|, |c_2| < 1∣c1​∣,∣c2​∣<1.
  4. Lemma 17: 0≤1∣N(x)∣∑y∼x(dy−λ1vy)≤c3n0 \le \frac{1}{|N(x)|}\sum_{y\sim x}(d_y - \lambda_1\mathbf v_y) \le c_3\sqrt n0≤∣N(x)∣1​∑y∼x​(dy​−λ1​vy​)≤c3​n​.
  5. Lemma 18: a vertex u≠xu \ne xu=x with vu>1−2ε\mathbf v_u > 1 - 2\varepsilonvu​>1−2ε, du−λ1vu=O(n)d_u - \lambda_1\mathbf v_u = O(\sqrt n)du​−λ1​vu​=O(n​) and du≥(1/2−2ε)nd_u \ge (1/2 - 2\varepsilon)ndu​≥(1/2−2ε)n.
  6. Inequality (11): n/2+n+5≥vtv>n/2−2εn−O(n)n/2 + \sqrt n + 5 \ge \mathbf v^t\mathbf v > n/2 - 2\varepsilon n - O(\sqrt n)n/2+n​+5≥vtv>n/2−2εn−O(n​).
  7. Lemma 19 (corrected): vavb>1/2+n−1/2+5n−1\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b > 1/2 + n^{-1/2} + 5n^{-1}va​vb​>1/2+n−1/2+5n−1 forces a∼ba \sim ba∼b; vavb<1/2−3ε\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b < 1/2 - 3\varepsilonva​vb​<1/2−3ε forbids a∼ba \sim ba∼b when G−abG - abG−ab is connected.
  8. Every vertex other than a lone vertex of entry 111 is adjacent to a vertex of entry 111 (p. 18, corrected).
  9. Proposition 20: a partition U,V,WU, V, WU,V,W with UUU a clique of size about n/2n/2n/2 and entries near 111, VVV pendant vertices of entry below (2+ε)/n(2+\varepsilon)/n(2+ε)/n, and WWW vertices of entry near 1/21/21/2 adjacent only to UUU.
  10. W=∅W = \emptysetW=∅: GGG is a clique together with pendant vertices (pp. 20–21).

Significance

The result. Theorem 21 identifies the most spectrally irregular connected graphs for large nnn, confirming a conjecture that came from computer search and that had resisted the usual graph-transformation arguments. Combined with the cited optimization over pineapples, it gives the exact maximum of λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d over connected nnn-vertex graphs for large nnn, which in turn bounds λ1\lambda_1λ1​ by ddd plus an explicit term for every connected graph. The intermediate statements, notably Lemma 19 which converts products of Perron entries into adjacency, are reusable in other spectral extremal problems over connected graphs.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper for large nnn; no machine-checked proof of it, or of Hong's inequality, is known. The formalization must make every "for nnn sufficiently large" and every O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) explicit, and it repairs two statements that are false as printed (see Formalization scope). A small-nnn verification, or a proof for all nnn, would be further contributions.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is local improvement: given a non-pineapple, move an edge and show that λ1−d\lambda_1 - dλ1​−d increases. Each move changes both terms, by amounts of order vavb/vtv\mathbf v_a\mathbf v_b/\mathbf v^t\mathbf vva​vb​/vtv and 2/n2/n2/n respectively, and these are comparable; neither the sign of the change nor connectivity of the modified graph is under control without first knowing the global structure. The proof therefore needs the whole chain of asymptotic estimates: the size of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ and ddd, a second vertex of nearly maximal entry, the norm of the Perron vector, and only then the adjacency rules of Lemma 19. Every edge deletion must also keep the graph connected, since the maximum ranges over connected graphs.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices are Fin n; graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n) with classical decidability. λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is the published WangKangXue.SpectralTuran.specRad, the largest eigenvalue of G.adjMatrix ℝ. ddd is avgDeg G = 2 · #edges / n in R\mathbb RR.
  • The maximum is over connected graphs on the same vertex set (IsIrregMax); dropping connectivity changes the problem.
  • The Perron vector enters as universally quantified hypotheses: any v with (G.adjMatrix ℝ).mulVec v = specRad G • v, all entries positive, all entries at most 111, and a vertex x with v x = 1. It is never quantified existentially.
  • "For nnn sufficiently large" is ∃ N, ∀ n ≥ N. Constants from O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) and "a constant c3c_3c3​ not depending on nnn" are existentially quantified before NNN, nnn and GGG. In Lemma 18, inequality (11) and Lemma 19 the proof works for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, which is universally quantified; Proposition 20 needs ε\varepsilonε small and is stated for 0<ε<ε00 < \varepsilon < \varepsilon_00<ε<ε0​.
  • ⌈n/2⌉\lceil n/2\rceil⌈n/2⌉ and ⌊n/2⌋\lfloor n/2\rfloor⌊n/2⌋ are the natural-number quotients (n+1)/2(n+1)/2(n+1)/2 and n/2n/2n/2; the pineapple lower bound assumes n≥2n \ge 2n≥2.
  • "GGG is a pineapple" is a graph isomorphism G ≃g pineapple p q with p+q=np + q = np+q=n. The pineapple is defined by its edges, clique plus pendants at one vertex; it is not defined by any property that the proof establishes, and the clique size is not pinned.
  • Two printed statements are corrected and the corrections are disclosed. Lemma 19's second half requires G−abG - abG−ab to be connected (without it, a pendant edge of the extremal pineapple is a counterexample), and both halves are for distinct vertices. The claim on p. 18 that every vertex has a neighbour of entry 111 excludes only a vertex that is the unique vertex of entry 111 (the hub of a pineapple is the exception). Lemma 17's summand is (dy−λ1vy)(d_y - \lambda_1\mathbf v_y)(dy​−λ1​vy​), as in its proof.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the class is connected graphs, extremality is the hypothesis rather than a consequence, the eigenvector is universally quantified, constants do not depend on nnn, and the clique size is free. A maximizer exists for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Needed infrastructure: Perron–Frobenius for connected graphs, the Rayleigh-quotient characterization of λ1\lambda_1λ1​, Cauchy interlacing (or monotonicity of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ under subgraphs), and Hong's inequality. These are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Tait and J. Tobin, Three conjectures in extremal spectral graph theory, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B (2017); arXiv:1606.01916v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01916
  • M. Aouchiche, F. K. Bell, D. Cvetković, P. Hansen, P. Rowlinson, S. K. Simić and D. Stevanović, Variable neighborhood search for extremal graphs. 16. Some conjectures related to the largest eigenvalue of a graph, European J. Oper. Res. 191(3) (2008) 661–676. (Reference [3] of Tait–Tobin.)
  • Y. Hong, A bound on the spectral radius of graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 108 (1988) 135–139. (Reference [37].)
  • F. K. Bell, A note on the irregularity of graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 161 (1992) 45–54. (Reference [5].)
  • M. O. Albertson, The irregularity of a graph, Ars Combin. 46 (1997) 219–225. (Reference [1].)
  • V. Nikiforov, Eigenvalues and degree deviation in graphs, Linear Algebra Appl. 414(1) (2006) 347–360. (Reference [26].)
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Algorithm for Simulating Real Time Evolution of Lattice Hamiltonians 1: Lieb–Robinson Bound ‖[A(t),B]‖ ≤ (2/√η)‖A‖‖B‖(e^{ζ|t|√(8η)}−1)Σ_{x∈X}e^{−μ dist(x,Y)} Under Small CommutatorsResearch Paper

Motivation

A local quantum system is built from degrees of freedom placed at sites of a lattice. Its Hamiltonian may contain many terms, each acting on a small group of sites. Even though a term is local, time evolution can spread an observable beyond its original support. A Lieb–Robinson bound limits the size of a commutator between the evolved observable and one supported elsewhere. It gives a quantitative way to say that information propagates with an effective finite velocity. The Appendix C bound of Haah, Hastings, Kothari and Low treats interactions with exponential spatial decay and makes the effect of almost commuting Hamiltonian terms explicit.

The paper studies quantum simulation, where a system's real time evolution is approximated by a circuit. Lemma 12 is an analytic ingredient: it controls how far a local observable can spread during the simulated evolution. The mission targets that lemma and the displayed estimates in its proof, with the constants printed in the pinned arXiv version. The paper proves the results; the remaining task here is to give the stated finite system version machine checked proofs.

Setting

Let Λ\LambdaΛ be a finite set of sites equipped with a metric dist⁡(x,y)\operatorname{dist}(x,y)dist(x,y). Each site has the same local Hilbert space Cq\mathbb C^qCq, and the whole system has product basis indexed by configurations σ:Λ→{0,…,q−1}\sigma:\Lambda\to\{0,\ldots,q-1\}σ:Λ→{0,…,q−1}. An operator supported on X⊆ΛX\subseteq\LambdaX⊆Λ is a matrix of the form mX⊗IΛ∖Xm_X\otimes I_{\Lambda\setminus X}mX​⊗IΛ∖X​: it may change the configuration on XXX, but acts as the identity on every site outside XXX. The matrix norm throughout is the spectral operator norm.

For every X⊆ΛX\subseteq\LambdaX⊆Λ, let hXh_XhX​ be a Hermitian operator supported on XXX, and define the time independent Hamiltonian H=∑X⊆ΛhXH=\sum_{X\subseteq\Lambda}h_XH=∑X⊆Λ​hX​. The sum includes all subsets, including the empty set. Let

O(t;J)=eiJtOe−iJt,O(t)=O(t;H).O(t;J)=e^{iJt}Oe^{-iJt},\qquad O(t)=O(t;H).O(t;J)=eiJtOe−iJt,O(t)=O(t;H).

For site sets, write X∼YX\sim YX∼Y when X∩Y≠∅X\cap Y\ne\varnothingX∩Y=∅, and dist⁡(x,Y)=min⁡y∈Ydist⁡(x,y)\operatorname{dist}(x,Y)=\min_{y\in Y}\operatorname{dist}(x,y)dist(x,Y)=miny∈Y​dist(x,y) when YYY is nonempty. The diameter is diam⁡(X)=max⁡x,y∈Xdist⁡(x,y)\operatorname{diam}(X)=\max_{x,y\in X}\operatorname{dist}(x,y)diam(X)=maxx,y∈X​dist(x,y) for nonempty XXX. The paper imposes two quantitative conditions. First, for some 0≤η≤10\le\eta\le10≤η≤1, every pair of terms has a small commutator:

∥[hX,hY]∥≤2η∥hX∥∥hY∥.(14)\|[h_X,h_Y]\|\le 2\eta\|h_X\|\|h_Y\|.\tag{14}∥[hX​,hY​]∥≤2η∥hX​∥∥hY​∥.(14)

Second, for some ζ,μ>0\zeta,\mu>0ζ,μ>0, the interactions decay in the weighted sense

∑X∋x∥hX∥ ∣X∣2eμdiam⁡(X)≤ζ(x∈Λ).(15)\sum_{X\ni x}\|h_X\|\,|X|^2e^{\mu\operatorname{diam}(X)}\le\zeta \qquad(x\in\Lambda).\tag{15}X∋x∑​∥hX​∥∣X∣2eμdiam(X)≤ζ(x∈Λ).(15)

Neither condition bounds each ∥hX∥\|h_X\|∥hX​∥ by one. This matters because the result is meant to include large but nearly commuting terms. These conventions are from Appendix C.1 of the source.

Formalization targets

The goal is Lemma 12. For an operator AAA supported on XXX and an operator BBB supported on a disjoint set YYY, and every real ttt, the proposed formal statement is

∥[A(t),B]∥≤2η∥A∥∥B∥(eζ∣t∣8η−1)∑x∈Xe−μdist⁡(x,Y).(16)\|[A(t),B]\|\le \frac{2}{\sqrt\eta}\|A\|\|B\| \bigl(e^{\zeta|t|\sqrt{8\eta}}-1\bigr) \sum_{x\in X}e^{-\mu\operatorname{dist}(x,Y)}. \tag{16}∥[A(t),B]∥≤η​2​∥A∥∥B∥(eζ∣t∣8η​−1)x∈X∑​e−μdist(x,Y).(16)

The coefficient of ∣t∣|t|∣t∣ in the exponential is proportional to η\sqrt\etaη​. The goal keeps the paper's explicit factor 2/η2/\sqrt\eta2/η​, its 8η\sqrt{8\eta}8η​ inside the exponential, and the full sum over sites in XXX. The statement is for η>0\eta>0η>0, as the displayed formula is undefined at η=0\eta=0η=0; a family satisfying (14) with η=0\eta=0η=0 also satisfies it for any positive η≤1\eta\le1η≤1.

The milestones follow the source's numbered displays: the initial estimates for CBC_BCB​ and DBD_BDB​ in (28), their integral inequalities (24) and (27), the linked set series (32), the four estimates of Proposition 13, and the bound on its kkkth line in (37). Here CB(X,t)C_B(X,t)CB​(X,t) takes a supremum over supported operators of norm at most one, and DB(X,t)=∥[hX(t),B]∥D_B(X,t)=\|[h_X(t),B]\|DB​(X,t)=∥[hX​(t),B]∥. The milestone list is a map of the quantities that the proof controls, while the goal itself mentions only the physical operators and the two hypotheses.

Significance

The bound shows that a commutator is small when the support of BBB is far from XXX, with a rate determined by the decay parameter μ\muμ and the small commutator parameter η\etaη. It applies to finite systems of any size with the same constants in (14) and (15). This makes it useful for reasoning about local approximations of time evolution in the quantum simulation setting of the paper. The authors also explain why a velocity proportional to η\sqrt\etaη​ can occur under their hypotheses, so a linear dependence on η\etaη is not generally available. See the discussion immediately after Lemma 12 in Appendix C.1.

Formalizing the result would supply a reusable finite matrix model of local observables and a checked version of the analytic estimates for near commuting interactions. The source paper provides a proof, but this proposed statement and its milestones currently have no machine checked proof in the mission. The definitions of support, Heisenberg evolution and linked interactions may also be reused in later formalizations of quantum lattice dynamics.

Difficulty

The obvious global norm bound ∥[A(t),B]∥≤2∥A∥∥B∥\|[A(t),B]\|\le2\|A\|\|B\|∥[A(t),B]∥≤2∥A∥∥B∥ ignores the distance between supports. Merely bounding ∥H∥\|H\|∥H∥ also loses spatial information and can grow with the whole system. The sharper statement simultaneously tracks where an interaction overlaps the current support and how the small commutator factor enters repeated interactions. A rigorous treatment must control a supremum over local operators, time dependent matrix exponentials, and an infinite series of finite linked set sums without changing any of the paper's constants.

Formalization scope

Sites form an arbitrary finite metric space, a disclosed generalization of the lattice setting used for the main algorithm. A common local dimension qqq is used at every site; qubits occur at q=2q=2q=2. Operators are complex matrices on the configuration space Λ→Fin⁡(q)\Lambda\to\operatorname{Fin}(q)Λ→Fin(q), with Mathlib's scoped L2 operator norm. Every term is Hermitian and explicitly supported on its stated set, and HHH is the sum over all subsets. Time is real and HHH is constant in time. The paper mentions a piecewise continuous time dependent extension, which this mission does not state.

The goal explicitly requires X∩Y=∅X\cap Y=\varnothingX∩Y=∅. The printed sentence of Lemma 12 omits this, but its derivation on page 24 assumes it; without disjointness the right side is zero at t=0t=0t=0 while the left side need not be. The positive η\etaη condition is likewise explicit. These are the two repairs to the printed lemma, and they are recorded on each relevant item. The milestones (24) and (27) are restricted to t≥0t\ge0t≥0, the direction for which the displayed forward integral uses DB(Z,s)D_B(Z,s)DB​(Z,s) and CB(Z∪X,s)C_B(Z\cup X,s)CB​(Z∪X,s).

For an empty set, the Lean point to set distance and the local set distance are taken to be zero; a supported operator on the empty set is a scalar, so its commutators vanish. CBC_BCB​ uses a real supremum of a nonempty, bounded set, and (32) states an actual sum with HasSum. The integral milestones involve continuous finite dimensional evolution. The support definition includes nonconstant single site operators, and the q=2q=2q=2 case is part of the goal. These choices prevent the result from being obtained through a vacuous support predicate, an entrywise norm, division by zero at η=0\eta=0η=0, a default value of an unbounded supremum or divergent sum, or omitted disjointness. Contributions that establish the support calculus, matrix evolution estimates, integral inequalities, or linked set bounds are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Jeongwan Haah, Matthew B. Hastings, Robin Kothari and Guang Hao Low, Quantum algorithm for simulating real time evolution of lattice Hamiltonians, SIAM Journal on Computing, 2021. arXiv:1801.03922v4, Appendix C.1–C.3, pp. 21–25.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Computational GeometryMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Turning Big Data into Tiny Data: Constant-Size Coresets for k-Means, PCA, and Projective Clustering II: An SVD Coreset of at Most 2(j + ⌈j/ε⌉ − 1) Weighted Points for Affine j-SubspacesResearch Paper

Motivation

Principal component analysis (PCA) asks for the jjj-dimensional affine subspace that best fits a cloud of nnn points in Rd\mathbb R^dRd in the least-squares sense. When nnn is very large, or the points arrive as a stream or are spread over many machines, one wants to replace the data by a small summary on which the cost of every candidate subspace can still be evaluated, up to a factor 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε. Such a summary is a coreset. Coresets for the jjj-subspace problem are the building block of the streaming and distributed PCA and projective clustering algorithms of Feldman, Schmidt and Sohler (SIAM J. Comput. 49(3), 2020), whose sizes depend on jjj and ε\varepsilonε only, not on nnn or ddd.

For linear subspaces (through the origin) the paper's Theorem 17 gives a deterministic coreset of m=O(j/ε)m=O(j/\varepsilon)m=O(j/ε) points read off the singular value decomposition. Data are rarely centred, though, and subtracting the mean before the computation does not survive the union of coresets with different means (p. 616). Section 4 of the paper repairs this: Theorem 19 gives a coreset for affine jjj-subspaces whose points already carry the mean, at the price of doubling the size and weighting the points. This mission formalizes Theorem 19.

Setting

A data set of nnn points in Rd\mathbb R^dRd is a matrix A∈Rn×dA\in\mathbb R^{n\times d}A∈Rn×d whose rows Ai∗A_{i*}Ai∗​ are the points. For a nonempty set C⊆RdC\subseteq\mathbb R^dC⊆Rd and a point ppp, dist⁡(p,C)=inf⁡c∈C∥p−c∥2\operatorname{dist}(p,C)=\inf_{c\in C}\|p-c\|_2dist(p,C)=infc∈C​∥p−c∥2​. The cost of CCC is

dist⁡2(A,C)=∑i=1ndist⁡2(Ai∗,C),\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C)=\sum_{i=1}^n\operatorname{dist}^2(A_{i*},C),dist2(A,C)=i=1∑n​dist2(Ai∗​,C),

and for weights w1,…,wr≥0w_1,\ldots,w_r\ge0w1​,…,wr​≥0 on the rows of S∈Rr×dS\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}S∈Rr×d the weighted cost is ∑iwidist⁡2(Si∗,C)\sum_i w_i\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},C)∑i​wi​dist2(Si∗​,C). The squared Frobenius norm is ∥M∥F2=∑i,kMik2\|M\|_F^2=\sum_{i,k}M_{ik}^2∥M∥F2​=∑i,k​Mik2​.

A singular value decomposition (SVD) of AAA is a factorization A=UΣVTA=U\Sigma V^TA=UΣVT with U∈Rn×nU\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}U∈Rn×n and V∈Rd×dV\in\mathbb R^{d\times d}V∈Rd×d orthogonal and Σ∈Rn×d\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{n\times d}Σ∈Rn×d rectangular diagonal with nonnegative, nonincreasing diagonal entries σ1≥σ2≥⋯\sigma_1\ge\sigma_2\ge\cdotsσ1​≥σ2​≥⋯. Σ(m)\Sigma^{(m)}Σ(m) keeps the first mmm diagonal entries and sets the rest to 000; the mmm-rank approximation is A(m)=UΣ(m)VTA^{(m)}=U\Sigma^{(m)}V^TA(m)=UΣ(m)VT (Definition 1).

The mean row is μ(A)=1n∑iAi∗\mu(A)=\frac1n\sum_iA_{i*}μ(A)=n1​∑i​Ai∗​ and the centred matrix is A′=A−1⋅μ(A)A'=A-\mathbb 1\cdot\mu(A)A′=A−1⋅μ(A), whose rows are Ai∗−μ(A)A_{i*}-\mu(A)Ai∗​−μ(A).

Algorithm 1, subspace-Coreset(A,j,ε)(A,j,\varepsilon)(A,j,ε), sets m=min⁡{n,d,j+⌈j/ε⌉−1}m=\min\{n,d,j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1\}m=min{n,d,j+⌈j/ε⌉−1}, returns the matrix SSS of the first mmm rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT (all other rows are zero), the weights wi=1w_i=1wi​=1, and Δ=∥A−A(m)∥F2\Delta=\|A-A^{(m)}\|_F^2Δ=∥A−A(m)∥F2​.

Algorithm 2, affine-jjj-subspace-Coreset(A,j,ε)(A,j,\varepsilon)(A,j,ε), runs Algorithm 1 on A′A'A′, obtaining (S′,Δ)(S',\Delta)(S′,Δ) with m=∣S′∣m=|S'|m=∣S′∣, and returns

S=1⋅μ(A)+mn⋅[S′−S′]∈R2m×d,w=(n2m,…,n2m),S=\mathbb 1\cdot\mu(A)+\sqrt{\frac mn}\cdot\begin{bmatrix}S'\\-S'\end{bmatrix}\in\mathbb R^{2m\times d},\qquad w=\Bigl(\frac n{2m},\ldots,\frac n{2m}\Bigr),S=1⋅μ(A)+nm​​⋅[S′−S′​]∈R2m×d,w=(2mn​,…,2mn​),

together with Δ\DeltaΔ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 19 (p. 617)

Let n≥1n\ge1n≥1, j∈[1,d−1]j\in[1,d-1]j∈[1,d−1] and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and let (S,Δ,w)(S,\Delta,w)(S,Δ,w) be the output of Algorithm 2 for any SVD of A′A'A′. Then S∈R(2m)×dS\in\mathbb R^{(2m)\times d}S∈R(2m)×d, m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1m\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1, Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0, and for every affine jjj-dimensional subspace CCC of Rd\mathbb R^dRd,

dist⁡2(A,C)≤∑i=12mwidist⁡2(Si∗,C)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A,C).\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C)\le\sum_{i=1}^{2m}w_i\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},C)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,C).dist2(A,C)≤i=1∑2m​wi​dist2(Si∗​,C)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A,C).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 17 (p. 615): for any SVD of AAA, the output of Algorithm 1 satisfies dist⁡2(A,L)≤∑i=1mdist⁡2(Si∗,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A,L)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)\le\sum_{i=1}^m\operatorname{dist}^2(S_{i*},L)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)dist2(A,L)≤∑i=1m​dist2(Si∗​,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A,L) for every jjj-dimensional linear subspace LLL.
  2. Lemma 18 (p. 616): if μ(M)=0⃗\mu(M)=\vec0μ(M)=0, LLL is a linear jjj-subspace and t∈L⊥t\in L^\perpt∈L⊥, then dist⁡2(M,t+L)=dist⁡2(M,L)+n∥t∥2\operatorname{dist}^2(M,t+L)=\operatorname{dist}^2(M,L)+n\|t\|^2dist2(M,t+L)=dist2(M,L)+n∥t∥2.
  3. Display (7) (p. 618): with S′′=m/n [S′;−S′]S''=\sqrt{m/n}\,[S';-S']S′′=m/n​[S′;−S′], dist⁡2(A′,L)≤n2mdist⁡2(S′′,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist⁡2(A′,L)\operatorname{dist}^2(A',L)\le\frac n{2m}\operatorname{dist}^2(S'',L)+\Delta\le(1+\varepsilon)\operatorname{dist}^2(A',L)dist2(A′,L)≤2mn​dist2(S′′,L)+Δ≤(1+ε)dist2(A′,L) for every linear jjj-subspace LLL.

Theorem 17 rests on Corollary 16 and Claim 3 of the paper; those are milestones of the companion mission Turning Big Data into Tiny Data … I and are not posed again here.

Significance

The result. Theorem 19 gives a deterministic summary of 2m≤2(j+⌈j/ε⌉−1)2m\le2(j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1)2m≤2(j+⌈j/ε⌉−1) weighted points and one scalar that preserves the cost of every affine jjj-subspace within 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε, for arbitrary data, with no assumption on the mean. Because its points carry the mean, coresets of different data sets can be merged, which the merge-and-reduce streaming constructions of the paper's later sections need. Any (1+ε′)(1+\varepsilon')(1+ε′)-approximate PCA solution computed on the coreset is then a (1+ε)(1+ε′)(1+\varepsilon)(1+\varepsilon')(1+ε)(1+ε′)-approximate solution for the full data.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any coreset theorem, exists on the platform. A complete development would produce the cost identities for sums of squared distances to linear and affine subspaces in Lean, the effect of centring and orthogonal translation on these costs, and the use of the SVD truncation as a summary, all of which are reusable for other PCA, low-rank approximation and projective clustering results.

Difficulty

The obvious construction, centring the data, computing the linear coreset of the centred data and adding the mean back, fails: the linear coreset S′S'S′ need not have mean 0⃗\vec00, and translating a subspace by t⊥Lt\perp Lt⊥L changes the cost of a point set by a multiple of ∥t∥2\|t\|^2∥t∥2 that depends on the number of points (p. 617). The paper's construction has to match both the mean and the total weight of the original data while keeping the linear-subspace guarantee, and the formal proof has to carry this through the reduction of an arbitrary affine subspace to a linear one plus an orthogonal translation. Beneath it lies Theorem 17, which needs the SVD-based estimate of the companion mission (Corollary 16) and the passage from the nnn-row matrix A(m)=UΣ(m)VTA^{(m)}=U\Sigma^{(m)}V^TA(m)=UΣ(m)VT to the mmm nonzero rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT. Distances to subspaces in Lean are infima over sets, so the identities dist⁡2(A,L)=∥AY∥F2\operatorname{dist}^2(A,L)=\|AY\|_F^2dist2(A,L)=∥AY∥F2​ for an orthonormal basis YYY of L⊥L^\perpL⊥ must themselves be established.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Points are rows of Matrix (Fin n) (Fin d) ℝ, read as points of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is Metric.infDist. Linear jjj-subspaces are Submodules of finrank jjj; affine ones are AffineSubspaces whose direction has finrank jjj, and t+Lt+Lt+L is AffineSubspace.mk' t L. The SVD and A(m)A^{(m)}A(m) are the published ProjLikeRetr.FixedRank.IsSVD and truncSVD. Every statement holds for an arbitrary SVD; none is chosen.
  • Pinned hypotheses and readings.
    1. The page's "Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0" (Theorems 17 and 19) is false when rank⁡A′≤m\operatorname{rank}A'\le mrankA′≤m, for instance when all points coincide; the statements claim Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0.
    2. n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is added to Theorem 19 and (7), since Algorithm 2 divides by nnn.
    3. "subspace-Coreset(P,j,ε)(P,j,\varepsilon)(P,j,ε)" is read with P=AP=AP=A.
    4. Theorem 17's S∈Rm×dS\in\mathbb R^{m\times d}S∈Rm×d is the first mmm rows of Σ(m)VT\Sigma^{(m)}V^TΣ(m)VT, as the text before it says, although Algorithm 1, line 3 writes the whole matrix.
    5. Lemma 18's "affine jjj-dimensional subspace LLL" is a linear subspace: the lemma uses L⊥L^\perpL⊥, and the proof of Theorem 19 applies it to linear LLL.
    6. Theorem 19's affine subspace CCC is also required to be nonempty; this follows from j≥1j\ge1j≥1 and guards against Mathlib's convention that the distance to ∅\emptyset∅ is 000.
  • Conventions. m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1m\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1m≤j+⌈j/ε⌉−1 is written m+1≤j+⌈j/ε⌉m+1\le j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceilm+1≤j+⌈j/ε⌉. Diagonal positions of Σ\SigmaΣ are 0-based in Lean. The 2m2m2m output rows are μ+m/n Si∗′\mu+\sqrt{m/n}\,S'_{i*}μ+m/n​Si∗′​ followed by μ−m/n Si∗′\mu-\sqrt{m/n}\,S'_{i*}μ−m/n​Si∗′​. Weights are the real number n/(2m)n/(2m)n/(2m) with m=∣S′∣m=|S'|m=∣S′∣, not the cap j+⌈j/ε⌉−1j+\lceil j/\varepsilon\rceil-1j+⌈j/ε⌉−1.
  • Not trivializable. The goal quantifies over affine, not linear, subspaces; the coreset is built from an SVD of the centred matrix A′A'A′ and Δ\DeltaΔ is the residual of A′A'A′, so neither the mean nor the centring can be dropped; and no hypothesis is vacuous (any data matrix with any of its SVDs satisfies them).
  • Not formalized. The running-time clauses ("O(min⁡{nd2,dn2})O(\min\{nd^2,dn^2\})O(min{nd2,dn2}) time") and §4.1 (weighted inputs).
  • Welcome contributions. Lemmas computing dist⁡2\operatorname{dist}^2dist2 to subspaces via orthogonal projections, invariance of these costs under orthogonal maps, and the cost identity for symmetric point sets.

Selected references

  • D. Feldman, M. Schmidt, C. Sohler, Turning Big Data into Tiny Data: Constant-Size Coresets for k-Means, PCA, and Projective Clustering, SIAM J. Comput. 49(3):601–657, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18M1209854
  • P.-A. Absil, J. Malick, Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012 (source of the published SVD definition used here). https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529
7 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

The Sum-of-Squares Hierarchy on the Sphere, and Applications in Quantum Information Theory II: The Dual of the ℓ-th DPS Cone Is the Set of M for Which ‖y‖^{2(ℓ−1)}·p_M Is a Real Sum of SquaresResearch Paper

Motivation

Deciding whether a bipartite quantum state is entangled is a basic computational problem of quantum information theory, and it is NP-hard in general (Gurvits 2003). The most widely used family of tests is the DPS hierarchy of Doherty, Parrilo and Spedalieri (DPS 2002, DPS 2004): a sequence of semidefinite programs, indexed by an integer level ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1, whose feasible sets shrink to the set of separable states. On the dual side, a matrix MMM that is nonnegative on separable states is an entanglement witness, and certifying such witnesses is the problem of certifying nonnegativity of a biquadratic Hermitian form, a classical question in real algebraic geometry.

That the DPS hierarchy is, dually, a sum-of-squares hierarchy for these forms has been used repeatedly in the literature, but, as Fang and Fawzi note (arXiv:1908.05155v1, p. 4), without a formal and complete proof. Their Theorem 12 gives one. They then combine it with their sum-of-squares convergence rate on the sphere (Theorem 2 of the same paper) to recover the O(dB2/ℓ2)O(d_B^2/\ell^2)O(dB2​/ℓ2) convergence rate of Navascués, Owari and Plenio 2009 for the DPS hierarchy.

Timeline:

  • 2002–2004: Doherty, Parrilo, Spedalieri introduce the hierarchy and prove completeness.
  • 2009: Navascués, Owari, Plenio prove hDPSℓ≤(1+O(dB2/ℓ2))hSeph_{\mathrm{DPS}_\ell}\le(1+O(d_B^2/\ell^2))h_{\mathrm{Sep}}hDPSℓ​​≤(1+O(dB2​/ℓ2))hSep​ by a quantum argument.
  • 2019: Fang and Fawzi prove the duality (Theorem 12) and recover the 2009 rate from sums of squares (Theorem 15).

Setting

Let HA=CdA\mathcal H_A=\mathbb C^{d_A}HA​=CdA​ and HB=CdB\mathcal H_B=\mathbb C^{d_B}HB​=CdB​. A matrix MMM on HA⊗HB\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_BHA​⊗HB​ has entries Mij,klM_{ij,kl}Mij,kl​ (row (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), column (k,l)(k,l)(k,l)); Herm(dAdB)\mathrm{Herm}(d_Ad_B)Herm(dA​dB​) is the space of Hermitian ones.

  • The separable cone SEP\mathcal{SEP}SEP is the set of finite conic combinations ∑ipi(xixi†)⊗(yiyi†)\sum_ip_i(x_ix_i^\dagger)\otimes(y_iy_i^\dagger)∑i​pi​(xi​xi†​)⊗(yi​yi†​), pi≥0p_i\ge0pi​≥0.
  • Fix ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1 and ℓ\ellℓ copies B1,…,BℓB_1,\dots,B_\ellB1​,…,Bℓ​ of HB\mathcal H_BHB​. The DPS cone DPSℓ\mathcal{DPS}_\ellDPSℓ​ is the set of positive semidefinite ρ\rhoρ on HA⊗HB\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_BHA​⊗HB​ that have a positive semidefinite extension ρAB[ℓ]\rho_{AB[\ell]}ρAB[ℓ]​ on HA⊗HB⊗ℓ\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_B^{\otimes\ell}HA​⊗HB⊗ℓ​ with three properties: tracing out B2,…,BℓB_2,\dots,B_\ellB2​,…,Bℓ​ returns ρ\rhoρ; (I⊗Πℓ)ρAB[ℓ](I⊗Πℓ)=ρAB[ℓ](I\otimes\Pi_\ell)\rho_{AB[\ell]}(I\otimes\Pi_\ell)=\rho_{AB[\ell]}(I⊗Πℓ​)ρAB[ℓ]​(I⊗Πℓ​)=ρAB[ℓ]​, where Πℓ=1ℓ!∑σ∈SℓPσ\Pi_\ell=\frac1{\ell!}\sum_{\sigma\in\mathfrak S_\ell}P_\sigmaΠℓ​=ℓ!1​∑σ∈Sℓ​​Pσ​ projects onto the symmetric subspace of HB⊗ℓ\mathcal H_B^{\otimes\ell}HB⊗ℓ​; and every partial transpose ρAB[ℓ]TB[s]\rho_{AB[\ell]}^{\mathsf T_{B[s]}}ρAB[ℓ]TB[s]​​ on B1,…,BsB_1,\dots,B_sB1​,…,Bs​, s=1,…,ℓs=1,\dots,\ells=1,…,ℓ, is positive semidefinite.
  • The EXT cone EXTℓ\mathcal{EXT}_\ellEXTℓ​ is the same without the partial-transpose conditions.
  • For a set KKK, the dual cone is K∗={M∈Herm(dAdB):Tr[Mρ]≥0 ∀ρ∈K}K^*=\{M\in\mathrm{Herm}(d_Ad_B):\mathrm{Tr}[M\rho]\ge0\ \forall\rho\in K\}K∗={M∈Herm(dA​dB​):Tr[Mρ]≥0 ∀ρ∈K}.
  • To MMM is attached the Hermitian polynomial pM(x,xˉ,y,yˉ)=∑ijklMij,klxixˉkyjyˉlp_M(x,\bar x,y,\bar y)=\sum_{ijkl}M_{ij,kl}x_i\bar x_ky_j\bar y_lpM​(x,xˉ,y,yˉ​)=∑ijkl​Mij,kl​xi​xˉk​yj​yˉ​l​.
  • A real-valued polynomial in (x,xˉ,y,yˉ)(x,\bar x,y,\bar y)(x,xˉ,y,yˉ​) is rsos if it is a finite sum of squares of Hermitian polynomials, equivalently of real polynomials in the real and imaginary parts of x,yx,yx,y; it is csos if it is a finite sum ∑i∣qi(x,y)∣2\sum_i|q_i(x,y)|^2∑i​∣qi​(x,y)∣2 with qiq_iqi​ holomorphic polynomials.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 12

SEP∗={M:pM≥0},DPSℓ∗={M:∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM is rsos},EXTℓ∗={M:∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM is csos},\mathcal{SEP}^*=\{M: p_M\ge0\},\qquad \mathcal{DPS}_\ell^*=\{M:\|y\|^{2(\ell-1)}p_M\ \text{is rsos}\},\qquad \mathcal{EXT}_\ell^*=\{M:\|y\|^{2(\ell-1)}p_M\ \text{is csos}\},SEP∗={M:pM​≥0},DPSℓ∗​={M:∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM​ is rsos},EXTℓ∗​={M:∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM​ is csos},

for all dA,dBd_A,d_BdA​,dB​ and all ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1, with MMM ranging over Herm(dAdB)\mathrm{Herm}(d_Ad_B)Herm(dA​dB​).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 12 (i), the first equality.
  2. The identity (37): (x⊗yˉ⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s)†W(⋅)=(x⊗y⊗ℓ)†WTB[s](x⊗y⊗ℓ)(x\otimes\bar y^{\otimes s}\otimes y^{\otimes\ell-s})^\dagger W(\cdot)=(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})^\dagger W^{\mathsf T_{B[s]}}(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})(x⊗yˉ​⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s)†W(⋅)=(x⊗y⊗ℓ)†WTB[s]​(x⊗y⊗ℓ).
  3. Lemma 19: ∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM\|y\|^{2(\ell-1)}p_M∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM​ is rsos iff it is ∑s=0ℓ(x⊗yˉ⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s)†Ws(x⊗yˉ⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s)\sum_{s=0}^\ell(x\otimes\bar y^{\otimes s}\otimes y^{\otimes\ell-s})^\dagger W_s(x\otimes\bar y^{\otimes s}\otimes y^{\otimes\ell-s})∑s=0ℓ​(x⊗yˉ​⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s)†Ws​(x⊗yˉ​⊗s⊗y⊗ℓ−s) with Ws⪰0W_s\succeq0Ws​⪰0.
  4. (39): (x⊗y⊗ℓ)†(Y−ΠℓYΠℓ)(x⊗y⊗ℓ)=0(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})^\dagger(Y-\Pi_\ell Y\Pi_\ell)(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})=0(x⊗y⊗ℓ)†(Y−Πℓ​YΠℓ​)(x⊗y⊗ℓ)=0.
  5. The dual SDP description: DPSℓ∗={M:M⊗IB[2:ℓ]=(Y−ΠℓYΠℓ)+∑s=0ℓWsTB[s], Y∈Herm, Ws⪰0}\mathcal{DPS}_\ell^*=\{M: M\otimes I_{B[2:\ell]}=(Y-\Pi_\ell Y\Pi_\ell)+\sum_{s=0}^\ell W_s^{\mathsf T_{B[s]}},\ Y\in\mathrm{Herm},\ W_s\succeq0\}DPSℓ∗​={M:M⊗IB[2:ℓ]​=(Y−Πℓ​YΠℓ​)+∑s=0ℓ​WsTB[s]​​, Y∈Herm, Ws​⪰0}.
  6. Lemma 20: ∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM\|y\|^{2(\ell-1)}p_M∥y∥2(ℓ−1)pM​ is csos iff it is (x⊗y⊗ℓ)†W(x⊗y⊗ℓ)(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})^\dagger W(x\otimes y^{\otimes\ell})(x⊗y⊗ℓ)†W(x⊗y⊗ℓ) with W⪰0W\succeq0W⪰0.
  7. Theorem 15: there are absolute C,C′>0C,C'>0C,C′>0 with hSep(M)≤hDPSℓ(M)≤(1+CdB2/ℓ2)hSep(M)h_{\mathrm{Sep}}(M)\le h_{\mathrm{DPS}_\ell}(M)\le(1+Cd_B^2/\ell^2)h_{\mathrm{Sep}}(M)hSep​(M)≤hDPSℓ​​(M)≤(1+CdB2​/ℓ2)hSep​(M) for ℓ≥C′dB\ell\ge C'd_Bℓ≥C′dB​, whenever (x⊗y)†M(x⊗y)≥0(x\otimes y)^\dagger M(x\otimes y)\ge0(x⊗y)†M(x⊗y)≥0.

Significance

Theorem 12 makes the DPS hierarchy and the sum-of-squares hierarchy for biquadratic forms interchangeable. A convergence bound for one is a convergence bound for the other: the paper uses this to derive the DPS rate (Theorem 15) from a rate for sums of squares on the sphere, and conversely quantum de Finetti arguments give sum-of-squares bounds. Part (iii) separates the two notions of Hermitian sum of squares: dropping the partial transposes corresponds exactly to passing from real to complex sums of squares. This explains, for example, why (z+zˉ)2(z+\bar z)^2(z+zˉ)2 (rsos but not csos) behaves differently in the two hierarchies.

The results are proved on paper; none is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked statement and proof of the duality, together with the matrix-analytic infrastructure behind it: partial traces and partial transposes on HA⊗HB⊗ℓ\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_B^{\otimes\ell}HA​⊗HB⊗ℓ​, the symmetric projector, conic duality for semidefinite cones, and the passage between Gram matrices and sums of squares. Theorem 15 additionally depends on the sphere rate of the companion mission (Theorem 6 there) and on the unproved Lemma 13 and display (26) of the paper.

Difficulty

The inclusion of each sum-of-squares cone in the corresponding dual cone is a direct computation. The reverse inclusions are harder: a certificate involving arbitrary Hermitian polynomials must yield positive semidefinite matrices indexed by the prescribed tensor products, even though its square terms can mix different patterns of complex conjugation. Likewise, weak semidefinite duality alone does not show that every element of DPSℓ∗\mathcal{DPS}_\ell^*DPSℓ∗​ has the displayed finite certificate; limits of certificates may require a separate closedness argument. The symmetric-subspace condition adds another constraint because an extension must be supported on that subspace, not merely invariant under permutations.

Formalization scope

  • Indices: HA⊗HB\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_BHA​⊗HB​ is Fin dA × Fin dB (Mathlib's Kronecker convention); HA⊗HB⊗ℓ\mathcal H_A\otimes\mathcal H_B^{\otimes\ell}HA​⊗HB⊗ℓ​ is Fin dA × (Fin ℓ → Fin dB).
  • The level is written ℓ=m+1\ell=m+1ℓ=m+1 with m∈Nm\in\mathbb Nm∈N, so ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1 is built in and ∥y∥2(ℓ−1)=∥y∥2m\|y\|^{2(\ell-1)}=\|y\|^{2m}∥y∥2(ℓ−1)=∥y∥2m; B1,…,BℓB_1,\dots,B_\ellB1​,…,Bℓ​ are coordinates 0,…,m0,\dots,m0,…,m.
  • Matrices are complex; positive semidefiniteness is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef (which includes Hermitian). Dual cones are subsets of Herm(dAdB)\mathrm{Herm}(d_Ad_B)Herm(dA​dB​) with the pairing Re⁡Tr[Mρ]\operatorname{Re}\mathrm{Tr}[M\rho]ReTr[Mρ].
  • pMp_MpM​ is (25) literally; "pM≥0p_M\ge0pM​≥0" is Re⁡pM≥0\operatorname{Re}p_M\ge0RepM​≥0.
  • rsos is a finite sum of squares of real polynomials (MvPolynomial over R\mathbb RR) in the real and imaginary parts of (x,y)(x,y)(x,y); csos is a finite sum of ∣qi∣2|q_i|^2∣qi​∣2 with qiq_iqi​ complex polynomials in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) only. Swapping the two, or allowing complex gig_igi​ in rsos, would change parts (ii) and (iii).
  • Condition (21) is stated literally with the explicit projector; "commutes with all permutations" would be weaker and is not used.
  • In Theorem 15, hSeph_{\mathrm{Sep}}hSep​ and hDPSℓh_{\mathrm{DPS}_\ell}hDPSℓ​​ are real suprema over trace-one elements, dA,dB≥1d_A,d_B\ge1dA​,dB​≥1 is assumed so the sets are nonempty, and C,C′C,C'C,C′ are quantified before all dimensions.

No trivializing reading is available: the cones are defined by their page conditions, the dual cones keep the Hermitian constraint, and no degree bound or extra hypothesis is placed on the sums of squares. Welcome contributions include a general library for partial traces and transposes of multipartite matrices, the spanning property of {y⊗ℓ}\{y^{\otimes\ell}\}{y⊗ℓ} in the symmetric subspace, and Gram-matrix characterizations of sums of squares of polynomials; all are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • K. Fang, H. Fawzi, The sum-of-squares hierarchy on the sphere, and applications in quantum information theory, arXiv preprint, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.05155v1
  • A. C. Doherty, P. A. Parrilo, F. M. Spedalieri, Distinguishing separable and entangled states, Physical Review Letters 88, 187904, 2002. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0112007
  • A. C. Doherty, P. A. Parrilo, F. M. Spedalieri, Complete family of separability criteria, Physical Review A 69, 022308, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0308032
  • M. Navascués, M. Owari, M. B. Plenio, Power of symmetric extensions for entanglement detection, Physical Review A 80, 052306, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2731
  • L. Gurvits, Classical deterministic complexity of Edmonds' problem and quantum entanglement, STOC 2003. https://doi.org/10.1145/780542.780545
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

A Harary-Sachs Theorem for Hypergraphs: The Codegree-d Coefficient of the Characteristic Polynomial of a k-Graph as a Weighted Sum over Its Veblen InfragraphsResearch Paper

Motivation

The characteristic polynomial of an ordinary graph records spectral information in coefficients that can also be described by finite graph configurations. The classical Harary–Sachs theorem is an instance of this connection. For a uniform hypergraph, the adjacency object is a tensor rather than a matrix, and its characteristic polynomial is defined through a multivariate resultant. Clark and Cooper's hypergraph theorem gives a corresponding coefficient formula. It identifies the configurations that replace the elementary subgraphs of the graph case and assigns them weights determined by directed Eulerian structures. The result makes a tensor spectral invariant accessible through finite combinatorial objects.

The article appeared as Gregory J. Clark and Joshua N. Cooper, A Harary-Sachs theorem for hypergraphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series B (2021), DOI 10.1016/j.jctb.2021.01.002. This mission follows the pinned arXiv version 2, whose page and theorem numbers are used below.

Setting

A simple kkk-graph H=([n],E)\mathcal H=([n],E)H=([n],E) has a fixed vertex set of nnn labeled vertices and a set EEE of distinct edges, each containing exactly kkk vertices. Isolated vertices remain part of [n][n][n]. The normalized adjacency hypermatrix AH\mathcal A_{\mathcal H}AH​ gives an ordered kkk-tuple the value 1/(k−1)!1/(k-1)!1/(k−1)! when its underlying set is an edge, and zero otherwise. This normalization makes every ordering of the other k−1k-1k−1 vertices contribute the intended total weight.

The characteristic polynomial ϕ(H)\phi(\mathcal H)ϕ(H) is the multivariate resultant of the coordinates of (λI−AH)xk−1(\lambda\mathcal I-\mathcal A_{\mathcal H})x^{k-1}(λI−AH​)xk−1. The resultant is characterized by three conditions: it vanishes exactly when homogeneous coordinate polynomials have a nonzero common complex root, it evaluates to one on the coordinate monomials, and it is irreducible over the complex coefficient field. Its degree in λ\lambdaλ is t=n(k−1)n−1t=n(k-1)^{n-1}t=n(k−1)n−1. The codegree-ddd coefficient ϕd(H)\phi_d(\mathcal H)ϕd​(H) is the coefficient of λt−d\lambda^{t-d}λt−d; this degree is fixed from the source theorem and is not read from an implementation of ϕ\phiϕ.

A multi-hypergraph SSS is a multiset of kkk-element edges. It is Veblen when the degree of every vertex is divisible by kkk. Its flattening discards repeated edges, so SSS is an infragraph of H\mathcal HH when every edge of its flattening belongs to EEE. Components use only vertices covered by edges; a labeled object may still sit in a larger ambient vertex set with unused vertices.

A rooting of SSS is a sequence of its edges, each assigned a root vertex in that edge, with roots in nondecreasing order. An edge rooted at uuu contributes a directed arc u→vu\to vu→v to every other vertex vvv of the edge. Summing these arcs with multiplicity produces a directed multigraph DRD_RDR​. An Euler rooting has balanced in- and out-degrees and connected positive-degree vertices. Its arborescence number τ(DR)\tau(D_R)τ(DR​) counts spanning trees of these active vertices directed toward a specified root, with parallel arcs distinguished. For connected SSS, its associated coefficient is

CS=∑R: DR Eulerianτ(DR)∏v∈V(DR)deg⁡−(v).C_S=\sum_{R:\,D_R\text{ Eulerian}}\frac{\tau(D_R)}{\prod_{v\in V(D_R)}\deg^-(v)}.CS​=R:DR​ Eulerian∑​∏v∈V(DR​)​deg−(v)τ(DR​)​.

For disconnected SSS, CSC_SCS​ is the product of the coefficients of its connected components. These conventions follow Definitions 6–10 in the source.

Formalization targets

Differential trace and Euler rootings

The supporting targets identify when a monomial differential operator contributes to a matrix trace, and show that an Euler rooting determines a connected Veblen multi-hypergraph. The operator identity is counted by Euler tours with distinguishable parallel arcs. The resultant-to-trace identity quoted in the paper is also a milestone:

ϕd(H)=Pd(−Tr⁡1(H)/1,…,−Tr⁡d(H)/d).\phi_d(\mathcal H)=P_d\left(-\operatorname{Tr}_1(\mathcal H)/1,\ldots,-\operatorname{Tr}_d(\mathcal H)/d\right).ϕd​(H)=Pd​(−Tr1​(H)/1,…,−Trd​(H)/d).

Here PdP_dPd​ is the paper's sum over positive compositions of ddd, and Tr⁡j\operatorname{Tr}_jTrj​ is its differential trace from Equation (1).

Harary–Sachs coefficient formula

The goal uses the labeled form of Theorem 14. Let Tm(d,H)\mathscr T_m(d,\mathcal H)Tm​(d,H) be the set of ordered mmm-tuples (S1,…,Sm)(S_1,\ldots,S_m)(S1​,…,Sm​) of connected labeled Veblen infragraphs whose edge counts sum to ddd. Then

ϕd(H)=∑m=1d(−(k−1)n)mm!∑(S1,…,Sm)∈Tm(d,H)∏i=1mCSi.\phi_d(\mathcal H)=\sum_{m=1}^{d}\frac{\bigl(-(k-1)^n\bigr)^m}{m!}\sum_{(S_1,\ldots,S_m)\in\mathscr T_m(d,\mathcal H)}\prod_{i=1}^{m}C_{S_i}.ϕd​(H)=m=1∑d​m!(−(k−1)n)m​(S1​,…,Sm​)∈Tm​(d,H)∑​i=1∏m​CSi​​.

The paper prints the equivalent sum over isomorphism classes, using automorphism groups and the copy weight (#H⊆H)(\#H\subseteq\mathcal H)(#H⊆H). The labeled expression is the result before that grouping. The isomorphism-class statement is outside this mission's Lean target and remains a separate formalization task.

Significance

The theorem expresses a coefficient of a resultant, defined algebraically over complex common roots, as a finite rational weighted sum over hypergraph configurations. It extends the graph case while preserving the exact normalization, sign, component count, and coefficient index. The formula can be used to study low codegree coefficients by enumerating finite Veblen infragraphs and their Euler rootings. Clark and Cooper also use associated coefficients to compare different hypergraph structures in the paper.

The formal development separates the resultant, the differential trace, and the combinatorial counts into reusable definitions. It would provide machine-checked statements of the paper's main equality and several links between those definitions. The Lean theorems in this draft are open targets with sorry placeholders; compiling their statements does not constitute a machine-checked proof of the paper's claims.

Difficulty

The ordinary matrix determinant has a direct expansion by permutations. A tensor characteristic polynomial is a multivariate resultant, so that expansion does not directly reveal which hypergraphs contribute to a coefficient. The trace side uses repeated partial derivatives, and repeated hyperedges can create several distinct rootings with the same directed arc multiplicities. Counting only a multiset of root assignments loses those orderings and changes the coefficient. The Eulerian condition, arborescence multiplicities, and factorial factors must agree simultaneously for the algebraic and combinatorial expressions to match.

Formalization scope

The Lean representation uses Fin n vertices, finite sets of simple edges, multisets of repeated edges, rational adjacency weights, and complex polynomials only for the resultant criterion. It assumes k≥2k\ge2k≥2, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and 1≤d≤n(k−1)n−11\le d\le n(k-1)^{n-1}1≤d≤n(k−1)n−1. The source fixes k≥2k\ge2k≥2, and the latter two bounds expose the domain in which the printed coefficient expansion and its proof use ddd. An isolated vertex of H\mathcal HH counts in nnn and in (k−1)n(k-1)^n(k−1)n, while isolated vertices do not pad a multi-hypergraph component.

The formalization takes a polynomial satisfying the resultant's common-root, normalization, and irreducibility properties as an input. Separate sanity proofs give witnesses in the one-variable degree-zero and degree-one cases; degree one covers the first goal-domain degree when k=2k=2k=2. The characteristic polynomial is evaluated from this polynomial, never defined by the trace identity. Rootings are sequences, arborescences are directed toward the least positive-degree vertex, and the associated coefficient is calculated on covered vertices. The goal uses the labeled sum, so no automorphism is computed on an ambient padded vertex set. Contributions formalizing the omitted isomorphism-class equivalence, the BEST circuit count, and proofs of the stated targets are welcome.

Selected references

  • Gregory J. Clark and Joshua N. Cooper, A Harary-Sachs theorem for hypergraphs, Journal of Combinatorial Theory, Series B, 2021. arXiv:1812.00468v2; DOI 10.1016/j.jctb.2021.01.002.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 3 of 4Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me